U.S. patent application number 16/709903 was filed with the patent office on 2020-04-23 for single molecule peptide sequencing.
The applicant listed for this patent is BOARD OF REGENTS, THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS SYSTEM. Invention is credited to Eric V. ANSLYN, James L. BACHMAN, Alexander BOULGAKOV, Andrew ELLINGTON, Erik HERNANDEZ, Amber JOHNSON, Edward MARCOTTE, Helen SEIFERT, Jagannath SWAMINATHAN.
Application Number | 20200124613 16/709903 |
Document ID | / |
Family ID | 55858148 |
Filed Date | 2020-04-23 |
![](/patent/app/20200124613/US20200124613A1-20200423-C00001.png)
![](/patent/app/20200124613/US20200124613A1-20200423-C00002.png)
![](/patent/app/20200124613/US20200124613A1-20200423-D00001.png)
![](/patent/app/20200124613/US20200124613A1-20200423-D00002.png)
![](/patent/app/20200124613/US20200124613A1-20200423-D00003.png)
![](/patent/app/20200124613/US20200124613A1-20200423-D00004.png)
![](/patent/app/20200124613/US20200124613A1-20200423-D00005.png)
![](/patent/app/20200124613/US20200124613A1-20200423-D00006.png)
![](/patent/app/20200124613/US20200124613A1-20200423-D00007.png)
![](/patent/app/20200124613/US20200124613A1-20200423-D00008.png)
![](/patent/app/20200124613/US20200124613A1-20200423-D00009.png)
View All Diagrams
United States Patent
Application |
20200124613 |
Kind Code |
A1 |
MARCOTTE; Edward ; et
al. |
April 23, 2020 |
SINGLE MOLECULE PEPTIDE SEQUENCING
Abstract
Identifying proteins and peptides, and more specifically
large-scale sequencing of single peptides in a mixture of diverse
peptides at the single molecule level is an unmet challenge in the
field of protein sequencing. Herein are methods for identifying
amino acids in peptides, including peptides with one or more
unnatural amino acids. In one embodiment, the N-terminal amino acid
is labeled with a first label and an internal amino acid is labeled
with a second label. In some embodiments, the labels are
fluorescent labels. In other embodiments, the internal amino acid
is Lysine. In other embodiments, amino acids in peptides are
identified based on the fluorescent signature for each peptide at
the single molecule level.
Inventors: |
MARCOTTE; Edward; (Austin,
TX) ; ANSLYN; Eric V.; (Austin, TX) ;
ELLINGTON; Andrew; (Austin, TX) ; SWAMINATHAN;
Jagannath; (Austin, TX) ; HERNANDEZ; Erik;
(Austin, TX) ; JOHNSON; Amber; (Austin, TX)
; BOULGAKOV; Alexander; (Austin, TX) ; BACHMAN;
James L.; (Austin, TX) ; SEIFERT; Helen;
(Austin, TX) |
|
Applicant: |
Name |
City |
State |
Country |
Type |
BOARD OF REGENTS, THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS SYSTEM |
Austin |
TX |
US |
|
|
Family ID: |
55858148 |
Appl. No.: |
16/709903 |
Filed: |
December 10, 2019 |
Related U.S. Patent Documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application
Number |
Filing Date |
Patent Number |
|
|
15510962 |
Mar 13, 2017 |
10545153 |
|
|
PCT/US15/50099 |
Sep 15, 2015 |
|
|
|
16709903 |
|
|
|
|
62050462 |
Sep 15, 2014 |
|
|
|
Current U.S.
Class: |
1/1 |
Current CPC
Class: |
C07K 17/08 20130101;
G01N 33/58 20130101; G01N 33/6824 20130101; G01N 33/6818 20130101;
G01N 33/582 20130101; G01N 2570/00 20130101 |
International
Class: |
G01N 33/68 20060101
G01N033/68; G01N 33/58 20060101 G01N033/58; C07K 17/08 20060101
C07K017/08 |
Goverment Interests
[0002] This invention was made with government support under Grant
no. GM106408 awarded by the National Institutes of Health and Grant
no. N66001-14-2-4051 awarded by the Office of Naval Research. The
government has certain rights in the invention.
Claims
1. A method of labeling of a peptide, comprising, a) providing, i)
a peptide having at least one Cysteine amino acid, at least one
Lysine amino acid, an N-terminal end, an amino acid having at least
one carboxylate side group, a C-terminal end, and at least one
Tryptophan amino acid, and ii) a first compound, iii) a second
compound, iv) a third compound, v) a fourth compound, and vi) a
fifth compound; and b) labeling said at least one Cysteine with
said first compound, c) labeling said at least one Lysine with said
second compound, d) labeling said N-terminal end with said third
compound, e) labeling said at least one carboxylate side group and
said C-terminal end with said fourth compound; and f) labeling said
at least one Tryptophan with said fifth compound for providing a
peptide having specific labels; wherein the at least one cysteine
is labeled before the at least one lysine, the at least one lysine
is labeled before the N-terminal end, the N-terminal end is labeled
before the at least one carboxylate side group and the C-terminal
end, or the at least one carboxylate side group and the C-terminal
end is labeled before the at least one tryptophan.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein steps b-f are sequential in order
from b-f.
3. The method of claim 1, wherein the labeling in steps b-f are
performed in one solution.
4. The method of claim 1, wherein steps b-f are sequential in order
from b-f in one solution.
5. The method of claim 1, wherein said first compound is
iodoacetamide.
6. The method of claim 1, wherein said second compound is
2-methylthio-2-imadazoline hydroiodide (MDI).
7. The method of claim 1, wherein said third compound is
1-(4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxocyclohexylidene)-3-methylbutyl diethyl
phosphate (Phos-ivDde).
8. The method of claim 1, wherein said fourth compound is selected
from the group consisting of benzylamine (BA),
3-dimethylaminopropylamine, and isobutylamine.
9. The method of claim 1, wherein said fifth compound is
2,4-dinitrobenzenesulfenyl chloride.
Description
[0001] This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser.
No. 15/510,962, filed Mar. 13, 2017, as a national phase
application under 35 U.S.C. .sctn. 371 of International Application
No. PCT/US15/50099, filed Sep. 15, 2015, which claims the benefit
of priority to U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/050,462, filed
on Sep. 15, 2014, the entire contents of each of which are
incorporated herein by reference.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0003] The present invention relates to the field of identifying
proteins and peptides, and more specifically large-scale sequencing
of single peptides in a mixture of diverse peptides at the single
molecule level. The present invention also relates to methods for
identifying amino acids in peptides, including peptides comprising
unnatural amino acids. In one embodiment, the present invention
contemplates labeling the N-terminal amino acid with a first label
and labeling an internal amino acid with a second label. In some
embodiments, the labels are fluorescent labels. In other
embodiments, the internal amino acid is Lysine. In other
embodiments, amino acids in peptides are identified based on the
fluorescent signature for each peptide at the single molecule
level.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0004] The development of Next Generation DNA sequencing methods
for quickly acquiring genome and gene expression information has
transformed biology. The basis of Next Generation
[0005] DNA sequencing is the acquisition of large numbers
(millions) of short reads (typically 35-450 nucleotides) in
parallel. While nucleic acid mutations frequently underlie disease,
these changes are most readily embodied by proteins expressed in
specific bodily compartments (i.e. saliva, blood, urine) that are
accessible without invasive procedures such as biopsies.
Unfortunately, a similar high-throughput method for the large-scale
identification and quantitation of specific proteins in complex
mixtures remains unavailable; representing a critical bottleneck in
many biochemical, molecular diagnostic and biomarker discovery
assays.
[0006] The first method for analysis of the N-terminal amino acid
of polypeptides was described by Frederick Sanger, who demonstrated
that the free unprotonated .alpha.-amino group of peptides reacts
with 2,4-dinitrofluorobenzene (DNFB) to form yellow
2,4-dinitrophenyl derivatives (FIG. 1). When such a derivative of a
peptide, regardless of its length, is subjected to hydrolysis with
6 N HCl, all the peptide bonds are hydrolyzed, but the bond between
the 2,4-dinitrophenyl group and the .alpha.-amino of the N-terminal
amino acid is relatively stable to acid hydrolysis. Consequently,
the hydrolyzate of such a dinitrophenyl peptide contains all the
amino acid residues of the peptide chain as free amino acids except
the N-terminal one, which appears as the yellow 2,4-dinitrophenyl
derivative. This labeled residue can easily be separated from the
unsubstituted amino acids and identified by chromatographic
comparison with known dinitrophenyl derivatives of the different
amino acids.
[0007] Sanger's method has been largely supplanted by more
sensitive and efficient procedures. An example of one such method
employs the labeling reagent 1-dimethylaminoaphthalene-5-sulfonyl
chloride (dansyl chloride) (FIG. 2). Since the dansyl group is
highly fluorescent, dansyl derivatives of the N-terminal amino acid
can be detected and measured in minute amounts by fluorimetric
methods. The dansyl procedure is 100 times more sensitive that the
Sanger method.
[0008] The most widely used reaction for the sequential analysis of
N-terminal residue of peptides is the Edman degradation method
(Edman, et al. "Method for determination of the amino acid sequence
in peptides", Acta Chem. Scand. 4: 283-293 (1950) [1], (herein
incorporated by reference). Edman degradation is a method of
sequencing amino acids in a peptide wherein the amino-terminal
residue is labeled and cleaved from the peptide without disrupting
the peptide bonds between other amino acid residues (FIG. 3). In
the Edman procedure phenylisothiocyanate reacts quantitatively with
the free amino group of a peptide to yield the corresponding
phenylthiocarbamoyl peptide. On treatment with anhydrous acid the
N-terminal residue is split off as a phenylthiocarbamoyl amino
acid, leaving the rest of the peptide chain intact. The
phenylthiocarbomyl amino acid is then cyclized to the corresponding
phenylthiohydantin derivative, which can be separated and
identified, usually by gas-liquid chromatography. Alternatively,
the N-terminal residue removed as the phenylthiocarbamoyl
derivative can be identified simply by determining the amino acid
composition of the peptide before and after removal of the
N-terminal residue; called the subtractive Edman method. The
advantage of the Edman method is that the rest of the peptide chain
after removal of the N-terminal amino acid is left intact for
further cycles of this procedure; thus the Edman method can be used
in a sequential fashion to identify several or even many
consecutive amino acid residues starting from the N-terminal end.
Edman and Begg have further exploited this advantage by utilizing
an automated amino acid "sequenator" for carrying out sequential
degradation of peptides by the phenylisothiocyanate procedure (Eur.
J. Biochem. 1:80-91, (1967) [2], (herein incorporated by
reference). In one embodiment, such automated amino acid sequencers
permit up to 30 amino acids to be accurately sequenced with over
99% efficiency per amino acid (Niall et al. "Automated Edman
degradation: the protein sequenator". Meth. Enzymol. 27: 942-1010,
(1973) [3], (herein incorporated by reference).
[0009] A drawback to Edman degradation is that the peptides being
sequenced cannot have more than 50 to 60 (more practically fewer
than 30) amino acid residues. The sequenced peptide length is
typically limited due to the increase in heterogeneity of the
product peptides with each Edman cycle due to cyclical
derivitization or cleavage failing to proceed to completion on all
peptide copies. Furthermore, since Edman degradation proceeds from
the N-terminus of the protein, it will not work if the N-terminal
amino acid has been chemically modified or if it is concealed
within the body of the protein. In some native proteins the
N-terminal residue is buried deep within the tightly folded
molecule and is inaccessible. Edman degradation typically is
performed only on denatured peptides or proteins. Intact, folded
proteins are seldom (if at all) subjected to Edman sequencing.
[0010] Importantly, the current automated peptide sequencers that
perform Edman degradation cannot sequence and identify individual
peptides within the context of a mixture of peptides or proteins.
What is thus needed is a rapid method for identifying and
quantitating individual peptide and/or protein molecules within a
given complex sample.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0011] The present invention relates to the field of identifying
proteins and peptides, and more specifically large-scale sequencing
of single peptides in a mixture of diverse peptides at the single
molecule level. The present invention also relates to methods for
identifying amino acids in peptides, including peptides comprising
unnatural amino acids. In one embodiment, the present invention
contemplates labeling the N-terminal amino acid with a first label
and labeling an internal amino acid with a second label. In some
embodiments, the labels are fluorescent labels. In other
embodiments, the internal amino acid is Lysine. In other
embodiments, amino acids in peptides are identified based on the
fluorescent signature for each peptide at the single molecule
level.
[0012] The present invention relates to the field of identifying
proteins and peptides, and more specifically large-scale sequencing
(including but not limited to partial sequencing) of single intact
peptides (not denatured) in a mixture of diverse peptides at the
single molecule level by selective labeling amino acids on
immobilized peptides followed by successive cycles of labeling and
removal of the peptides' amino-terminal amino acids. The methods of
the present invention are capable of producing patterns
sufficiently reflective of the peptide sequences to allow unique
identification of a majority of proteins from a species (e.g. the
yeast and human proteomes).
[0013] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a
massively parallel and rapid method for identifying and
quantitating individual peptide and/or protein molecules within a
given complex sample.
[0014] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method
of labeling of a peptide, comprising, a) providing, i) a peptide
having at least one Cysteine amino acid, at least one Lysine amino
acid, an N-terminal end, an amino acid having at least one
carboxylate side group, a C-terminal end, and at least one
Tryptophan amino acid, and ii) a first compound, iii) a second
compound, iv) a third compound, v) a fourth compound, and vi) a
fifth compound; and b) labeling said Cysteine with said first
compound, c) labeling said Lysine with said second compound, d)
labeling said N-terminal end with said third compound, e) labeling
said carboxylate side group and said C-terminal end with said
fourth compound; and f) labeling said Tryptophan with said fifth
compound for providing a peptide having specific labels. In one
embodiment, steps b-f are sequential in order from b-f. In one
embodiment, the labeling in steps b-f is performed in one (a
single) solution. In one embodiment, steps b-f are sequential in
order from b-f and performed in one solution. In one embodiment,
said first compound is iodoacetamide. In one embodiment, said
second compound is 2-methylthio-2-imadazoline hydroiodide (MDI). In
one embodiment, said third compound is
1-(4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxocyclohexylidene)-3-methylbutyl diethyl
phosphate (Phos-ivDde). In one embodiment, said fourth compound is
selected from the group consisting of benzylamine (BA),
3-dimethylaminopropylamine, and isobutylamine. In one embodiment,
said fifth compound is 2,4-dinitrobenzenesulfenyl chloride. In one
embodiment, the method further comprises a step of attaching said
peptide to a solid support for immobilization of said peptide. In
one embodiment, the peptide is attached to said solid support at
its C-terminal end. In one embodiment, the method further comprises
a step of treating said immobilized peptides under conditions such
that each N-terminal amino acid of each peptide is removed by an
Edman degradation reaction; and a step of detecting the signal for
each peptide at the single molecule level. In one embodiment, said
label is attached to a fluorophore by a covalent bond. In one
embodiment, said fluorophore and said covalent bond is resistant to
degradation effects when incubated in an Edman degradation reaction
solvent. It is not meant to limit the fluorophore. In fact, any
fluorophore that remains intact and attached to said label during
Edman degradation sequencing would find use in the present
inventions. Including, but not limited to tetramethylrhodamine,
Si-Rhodamine, Rhodamine B, Rhodamine B
N,N'-dimethylethylenediamine, Rhodamine B sulfenyl chloride,
Alexafluor555, Alexa Fluor 405, Atto647N, (5)6-napthofluorescein,
variants and derivations thereof, etc. In one embodiment, said
fluorophore is selected from the group consisting of
tetramethylrhodamine, Si-Rhodamine, Rhodamine B, Rhodamine B
N,N'-dimethylethylenediamine, Rhodamine B sulfenyl chloride,
Alexafluor555, Alexa Fluor 405, Atto647N, (5)6-napthofluorescein,
variants and derivations thereof.
[0015] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method
of solution phase labeling of a peptide, comprising, a) providing,
i) a peptide having at least one Cysteine amino acid, ii) a first
compound, and b) labeling said Cysteine with said first compound
for providing a peptide having a specific label. In one embodiment,
said peptide has at least one Lysine amino acid, further providing
a second compound, and comprising a step c) labeling said Lysine
with said second compound. In one embodiment, said peptide has an
N-terminal end, further providing a third compound, and comprising
a step d) labeling said N-terminal end with said third compound. In
one embodiment, said peptide has an amino acid having at least one
carboxylate side group and a C-terminal end, further providing a
fourth compound, and comprising a step e) labeling said carboxylate
side group and said C-terminal end with said fourth compound. In
one embodiment, said peptide has at least one Tryptophan amino
acid, further providing a fifth compound, and comprising a step f)
labeling said Tryptophan with said fifth compound for providing a
peptide having specific labels. In one embodiment, the method
further comprises a step of attaching said peptide to a solid
support for immobilization of said peptide. In one embodiment, the
peptide is attached to said solid support at its C-terminal end. In
one embodiment, the method further comprises a step of treating
said immobilized peptides under conditions such that each
N-terminal amino acid of each peptide is removed by an Edman
degradation reaction; and a step of detecting the signal for each
peptide at the single molecule level. In one embodiment, said label
is attached to a fluorophore by a covalent bond. In one embodiment,
said fluorophore and said covalent bond is resistant to degradation
effects when incubated in an Edman degradation reaction solvent. It
is not meant to limit the fluorophore. In fact, any fluorophore
that remains intact and attached to said label during Edman
degradation sequencing would find use in the present inventions.
Including, but not limited to tetramethylrhodamine, Si-Rhodamine,
Rhodamine B, Rhodamine B N,N'-dimethylethylenediamine, Rhodamine B
sulfenyl chloride, Alexafluor555, Alexa Fluor 405, Atto647N,
(5)6-napthofluorescein, variants and derivations thereof, etc. In
one embodiment, said fluorophore is selected from the group
consisting of tetramethylrhodamine, Si-Rhodamine, Rhodamine B,
Alexafluor555, Alexa Fluor 405, Atto647N, (5)6-napthofluorescein,
variants and derivations thereof.
[0016] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method
of immobilizing peptides at the C-terminus, comprising, a)
providing, i) a peptide having a C-terminus capable of forming a
covalent bond and a blocked N-terminus, and ii) a solid support,
and b) immobilizing said peptide to said solid support at said
C-terminus by said covalent bond. In one embodiment, said peptide
does not have a fluorophore label. In one embodiment, said peptide
has at least one type of fluorophore label. In one embodiment, said
solid support has an amine functional group. In one embodiment,
said solid support has a thiol functional group. In one embodiment,
said solid support is selected from the group consisting of a
resin, a bead and a glass surface. In one embodiment, said solid
support is coated with a polyethylene glycol polymer. In one
embodiment, said blocked N-terminus is blocked by
fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (fmoc). In one embodiment, said peptides
have at least one internal amino acid comprising a side group
capable of forming a covalent bond with said solid support. It is
not intended to limit said internal amino acid to any particular
amino acid. In fact, any internal amino acid whose side group is
capable of forming a covalent bond with said solid substrate may
find use in this invention, including but limited to a cysteine, a
glutamic acid, an aspartic acid, and the like. In one embodiment,
said internal amino acid is selected from the group consisting of a
cysteine, a glutamic acid, an aspartic acid. In one embodiment,
said fluorophore label is attached to said peptide by a covalent
bond. In one embodiment, said fluorophore and said covalent bond is
resistant to degradation effects when incubated in an Edman
degradation reaction solvent. It is not meant to limit the
fluorophore. In fact, any fluorophore that remains intact and
attached to said label during Edman degradation sequencing would
find use in the present inventions. Including, but not limited to
tetramethylrhodamine, Si-Rhodamine, Rhodamine B, Rhodamine B
N,N'-dimethylethylenediamine, Rhodamine B sulfenyl chloride,
Alexafluor555, Alexa Fluor 405, Atto647N, (5)6-napthofluorescein,
variants and derivations thereof, etc. In one embodiment, said
fluorophore is selected from the group consisting of
tetramethylrhodamine, Si-Rhodamine, Rhodamine B, Alexafluor555,
Alexa Fluor 405, Atto647N, (5)6-napthofluorescein, variants and
derivations thereof.
[0017] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method
of immobilizing peptides at the C-terminus, comprising, a)
providing, i) a peptide having a C-terminus capable of forming a
covalent bond and a blocked N-terminus, and ii) a solid support
comprising a chemically modified surface, and b) immobilizing said
peptide to said solid support at said C-terminus under conditions
wherein a covalent bond is made with said chemically modified
surface. In one embodiment, said chemically modified surface
comprises an amine functional group. In one embodiment, the
conditions of step b) comprise mixing said solid support and said
peptide in the presence of a cross-linking compound. In one
embodiment, said cross-linking compound comprises
N-hydroxysulfosuccinimide. In one embodiment, the method further
comprises a step c) of treating said immobilized peptides under
conditions such that each N-terminal amino acid of each peptide is
removed by an Edman degradation reaction; and a step d) of
detecting the signal for each peptide at the single molecule level.
In one embodiment, said fluorophore label is attached to said
peptide by a covalent bond. In one embodiment, said fluorophore and
said covalent bond is resistant to degradation effects when
incubated in an Edman degradation reaction solvent. It is not meant
to limit the fluorophore. In fact, any fluorophore that remains
intact and attached to said label during Edman degradation
sequencing would find use in the present inventions. Including, but
not limited to tetramethylrhodamine, Si-Rhodamine, Rhodamine B,
Rhodamine B N,N'-dimethylethylenediamine, Rhodamine B sulfenyl
chloride, Alexafluor555, Alexa Fluor 405, Atto647N,
(5)6-napthofluorescein, variants and derivations thereof, etc. In
one embodiment, said fluorophore is selected from the group
consisting of tetramethylrhodamine, Si-Rhodamine, Rhodamine B,
Alexafluor555, Alexa Fluor 405, Atto647N, (5)6-napthofluorescein,
variants and derivations thereof.
[0018] In one embodiment, the present invention contemplates a
method of treating peptides, comprising: a) providing a plurality
of peptides immobilized on a solid support, each peptide comprising
an N-terminal amino acid and internal amino acids, said internal
amino acids comprising Lysine, each Lysine labeled with a label
selected from the group consisting of Alexafluor dyes and Atto
dyes, and said label producing a signal for each peptide; b)
treating said plurality of immobilized peptides under conditions
such that each N-terminal amino acid of each peptide is removed by
an Edman degradation reaction; and c) detecting the signal for each
peptide at the single molecule level. A variety of Alexafluor dyes,
Atto dyes and Rhodamine dye derivatives are contemplated (as well
as other dyes used in conjunction with Alexafluor dyes and Atto
dyes). In a preferred embodiment, the Alexafluor dye is
Alexafluor555. In one embodiment, the Atto dye is Atto647N. In one
embodiment, the Atto dye is Atto655. In one preferred embodiment,
the Rhodamine dye derivative is tetramethylrhodamine. In one
embodiment, the removal of said N-terminal amino acid in step b) is
done under conditions such that the remaining peptides each have a
new N-terminal amino acid. In one embodiment, the method further
comprises the step d) removing the new N-terminal amino acid done
under conditions such that the remaining peptides each have a next
N-terminal amino acid. In one embodiment, the method further
comprises the step e) detecting the next signal for each peptide at
the single molecule level. It is not intended that the present
invention be limited by the number of times the steps of the method
are repeated. In one embodiment, the N-terminal amino acid removing
step and the detecting step are successively repeated 10 times,
more preferably 20 times, or more (even 50 times or more). It is
contemplated that the repetitive detection of signal for each
peptide at the single molecule level results in a pattern. It is
further contemplated that the pattern is unique to a single-peptide
within the plurality of immobilized peptides. In one embodiment,
the single-peptide pattern is compared to the proteome of an
organism to identify the peptide. In one embodiment, the intensity
of said labels are measured amongst said plurality of immobilized
peptides. In a preferred embodiment, the peptides are immobilized
via Cysteine residues. In a preferred embodiment, the detecting in
step c) is done with optics capable of single-molecule resolution.
In a specific embodiment, one or more of said plurality of peptides
comprises one or more unnatural amino acids. In one embodiment,
said unnatural amino acids comprise moieties selected from the
group consisting of hydroxycarboxylates, aldehydes, thiols, and
olefins. In one embodiment, one or more of said plurality of
peptides comprises one or more beta amino acids.
[0019] In an alternative embodiment, the present invention
contemplates a method of treating peptides, comprising: a)
providing a plurality of peptides immobilized on a solid support,
each peptide comprising an N-terminal amino acid and internal amino
acids, said internal amino acids comprising Lysine, each Lysine
labeled with a first label, said first label producing a first
signal for each peptide, and said N-terminal amino acid of each
peptide labeled with a second label, said second label being
different from said first label and selected from the group
consisting of Alexafluor dyes and Atto dyes; b) treating said
plurality of immobilized peptides under conditions such that each
N-terminal amino acid of each peptide is removed by an Edman
degradation reaction; and c) detecting the first signal for each
peptide at the single molecule level. A variety of Alexafluor dyes
and Atto dyes are contemplated (as well as other dyes used in
conjunction with Alexafluor dyes and Atto dyes). In a preferred
embodiment, the Alexafluor dye is Alexafluor555. In one embodiment,
the Atto dye is Atto647N. In one embodiment, the Atto dye is
Atto655. In a preferred embodiment, the emission spectrum of said
first label do not overlap with the emission spectrum of said
second label. In a preferred embodiment, the removal of said
N-terminal amino acid in step b) is done under conditions such that
the remaining peptides each have a new N-terminal amino acid. In
one embodiment, the method further comprises the step d) adding
said second label to said new N-terminal amino acids of the
remaining peptides. It is contemplated that, among the remaining
peptides, the new end terminal amino acid is Lysine. In one
embodiment, the method further comprises the step e) detecting the
next signal for each peptide at the single molecule level. It is
not intended that the present invention be limited to a precise
number of repetitions of the steps of the method. However, in one
embodiment, the N-terminal amino acid removing step, the detecting
step, and the label adding step to a new N-terminal amino acid are
successively repeated 10 time, more preferably 20 times or more
(even 50 times or more). It is contemplated that the repetitive
detection of signal for each peptide at the single molecule level
results in a pattern. It is further contemplated that the pattern
is unique to a single-peptide within the plurality of immobilized
peptides. It is still further contemplated that the single-peptide
pattern is compared to the proteome of an organism to identify the
peptide. In one embodiment, the intensity of said first and second
labels are measured amongst said plurality of immobilized peptides.
In a preferred embodiment, the peptides are immobilized via
Cysteine residues. In a preferred embodiment, the detecting in step
c) is done with optics capable of single-molecule resolution. In
one embodiment, one or more of said plurality of peptides comprises
one or more unnatural amino acids. A variety of unnatural amino
acids are contemplated. In one embodiment, said unnatural amino
acids comprises moieties selected from the group consisting of
hydroxycarboxylates, aldehydes, thiols, and olefins. In one
embodiment, one or more of said plurality of peptides comprises one
or more beta amino acids.
[0020] The present invention also contemplates in one embodiment, a
method of treating peptides, comprising: a) providing i) a
plurality of peptides immobilized on a solid support, each peptide
comprising an N-terminal amino acid and internal amino acids, said
internal amino acids comprising Lysine, each Lysine labeled with a
first label, said first label producing a first signal for each
peptide, and said N-terminal amino acid of each peptide labeled
with a second label, said second label being different from said
first label and selected from the group consisting of Alexafluor
dyes and Atto dyes, and ii) an optical device capable of detecting
said first collective signal for each peptide at the single
molecule level; b) treating said plurality of immobilized peptides
under conditions such that each N-terminal amino acid of each
peptide is removed by an Edman degradation reaction; and c)
detecting the first signal for each peptide at the single molecule
level with said optical device. In one embodiment, portions of the
emission spectrum of said first label do not overlap with the
emission spectrum of said second label. In one embodiment, the
removal of said N-terminal amino acid in step b) is done under
conditions such that the remaining peptides each have a new
N-terminal amino acid. In one embodiment, the method further
comprises the step d) adding said second label to said new
N-terminal amino acids of the remaining peptides. In one
embodiment, it is contemplated that, among the remaining peptides,
the new end terminal amino acid is Lysine. In one embodiment, the
method further comprises the step e) detecting the next signal for
each peptide at the single molecule level. It is not intended that
the present invention be limited to the precise number of times the
steps are repeated. However, in one embodiment, the N-terminal
amino acid removing step, the detecting step, and the label adding
step to a new N-terminal amino acid are successively repeated 10
times, and more preferably 20 times or more (even 50 times or
more). It is preferred that the repetitive detection of signal for
each peptide at the single molecule level results in a pattern. It
is preferred that the pattern is unique to a single-peptide within
the plurality of immobilized peptides. In one embodiment, the
single-peptide pattern is compared to the proteome of an organism
to identify the peptide. In one embodiment, the intensity of said
first and second labels are measured amongst said plurality of
immobilized peptides. It is preferred that the peptides are
immobilized via Cysteine residues. In one embodiment, one or more
of said plurality of peptides comprises one or more unnatural amino
acids. A variety of unnatural amino acids are contemplated. In one
embodiment, said unnatural amino acids comprises moieties selected
from the group consisting of hydroxycarboxylates, aldehydes,
thiols, and olefins. In one embodiment, one or more of said
plurality of peptides comprises one or more beta amino acids.
[0021] The present invention further contemplates in one embodiment
a method of identifying amino acids in peptides, comprising: a)
providing a plurality of peptides immobilized on a solid support,
each peptide comprising an N-terminal amino acid and internal amino
acids, said internal amino acids comprising Lysine, each Lysine
labeled with a first label, said first label producing a first
signal for each peptide, and said N-terminal amino acid of each
peptide labeled with a second label, said second label being
different from said first label and selected from the group
consisting of Alexafluor dyes and Atto dyes, wherein a subset of
said plurality of peptides comprise an N-terminal Lysine having
both said first and second label; b) treating said plurality of
immobilized peptides under conditions such that each N-terminal
amino acid of each peptide is removed by an Edman degradation
reaction; and c) detecting the first signal for each peptide at the
single molecule level under conditions such that said subset of
peptides comprising an N-terminal Lysine is identified. It is
preferred that the removal of said N-terminal amino acid in step b)
is done under conditions such that the remaining peptides each have
a new N-terminal amino acid. It is preferred that the peptides are
immobilized via Cysteine residues. In one embodiment, one or more
of said plurality of peptides comprises one or more unnatural amino
acids. A variety of unnatural amino acids are contemplated. In one
embodiment, said unnatural amino acids comprise moieties selected
from the group consisting of hydroxycarboxylates, aldehydes,
thiols, and olefins. In one embodiment, one or more of said
plurality of peptides comprises one or more beta amino acids.
[0022] The present invention further contemplates in one
embodiment, a method of identifying amino acids in peptides,
comprising: a) providing a plurality of peptides immobilized on a
solid support, each peptide comprising an N-terminal amino acid and
internal amino acids, said internal amino acids comprising Lysine,
each Lysine labeled with a first label, said first label producing
a first signal for each peptide, and said N-terminal amino acid of
each peptide labeled with a second label, said second label being
different from said first label and selected from the group
consisting of Alexafluor dyes and Atto dyes, wherein a subset of
said plurality of peptides comprise an N-terminal acid that is not
Lysine; b) treating said plurality of immobilized peptides under
conditions such that each N-terminal amino acid of each peptide is
removed by an Edman degradation reaction; and c) detecting the
first signal for each peptide at the single molecule level under
conditions such that said subset of peptides comprising an
N-terminal amino acid that is not Lysine is identified. It is
preferred that the removal of said N-terminal amino acid in step b)
is done under conditions such that the remaining peptides each have
a new N-terminal amino acid. It is preferred that the peptides are
immobilized via Cysteine residues. In one embodiment, one or more
of said plurality of peptides comprises one or more unnatural amino
acids. A variety of unnatural amino acids are contemplated. In one
embodiment, said unnatural amino acids comprises moieties selected
from the group consisting of hydroxycarboxylates, aldehydes,
thiols, and olefins. In one embodiment, one or more of said
plurality of peptides comprises one or more beta amino acids.
[0023] The present invention further contemplates in one embodiment
a method of screening and sequencing polymers comprising unnatural
amino acid monomers, comprising: a) providing a plurality of
polymers, each polymer comprising one or more unnatural amino
acids; b) exposing said polymers to a target, wherein a portion of
said polymers bind to said target; and c) sequencing said polymers
which bind to said target. It is preferred that said sequencing
comprises the steps set forth in any of the methods of treating
peptides described herein.
[0024] In one embodiment, the invention relates to a method of
treating peptides, comprising: a) providing a plurality of peptides
immobilized on a solid support, each peptide comprising an
N-terminal amino acid and internal amino acids, said internal amino
acids comprising Lysine, each Lysine labeled with a first label,
said first label producing a first signal for each peptide, and
said N-terminal amino acid of each peptide labeled with a second
label, said second label being different from said first label; b)
treating said plurality of immobilized peptides under conditions
such that each N-terminal amino acid of each peptide is removed;
and c) detecting the first signal for each peptide at the single
molecule level. In one embodiment, said second label is attached
via an amine-reactive dye. In one embodiment, said second label is
selected from the group consisting of fluorescein isothiocyanate,
rhodamine isothiocyanate or other synthesized fluorescent
isothiocyanate derivative. In one embodiment, portions of the
emission spectrum of said first label do not overlap with the
emission spectrum of said second label. In one embodiment, the
removal of said N-terminal amino acid in step b) is done under
conditions such that the remaining peptides each have a new
N-terminal amino acid. In one embodiment, the method further
comprises the step d) adding said second label to said new
N-terminal amino acids of the remaining peptides. In one
embodiment, among the remaining peptides the new end terminal amino
acid is Lysine. In one embodiment, the method further comprises the
step e) detecting the next signal for each peptide at the single
molecule level. In one embodiment, the N-terminal amino acid
removing step, the detecting step, and the label adding step to a
new N-terminal amino acid are successively repeated from 1 to 20
times. In one embodiment, the repetitive detection of signal for
each peptide at the single molecule level results in a pattern. In
one embodiment, the pattern is unique to a single-peptide within
the plurality of immobilized peptides. In one embodiment, the
single-peptide pattern is compared to the proteome of an organism
to identify the peptide. In one embodiment, the intensity of said
first and second labels are measured amongst said plurality of
immobilized peptides. In one embodiment, the N-terminal amino acids
are removed in step b) by an Edman degradation reaction. In one
embodiment, the peptides are immobilized via Cysteine residues. In
one embodiment, the detecting in step c) is done with optics
capable of single-molecule resolution. In one embodiment, the
degradation step in which removal of second label coincides with
removal of first label is identified. In one embodiment, said
removal of the amino acid is measured in step b is measured as a
reduced fluorescence intensity.
[0025] In one embodiment, the invention relates to a method of
treating peptides, comprising: a) providing i) a plurality of
peptides immobilized on a solid support, each peptide comprising an
N-terminal amino acid and internal amino acids, said internal amino
acids comprising Lysine, each Lysine labeled with a first label,
said first label producing a first signal for each peptide, and
said N-terminal amino acid of each peptide labeled with a second
label, said second label being different from said first label, and
ii) an optical device capable of detecting said first collective
signal for each peptide at the single molecule level; b) treating
said plurality of immobilized peptides under conditions such that
each N-terminal amino acid of each peptide is removed; and c)
detecting the first signal for each peptide at the single molecule
level with said optical device. In one embodiment, said second
label is attached via an amine-reactive dye. In one embodiment,
said second label is selected from the group consisting of
fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine isothiocyanate or other
synthesized fluorescent isothiocyanate derivative. In one
embodiment, portions of the emission spectrum of said first label
do not overlap with the emission spectrum of said second label. In
one embodiment, the removal of said N-terminal amino acid in step
b) is done under conditions such that the remaining peptides each
have a new N-terminal amino acid. In one embodiment, the method
further comprises the step d) adding said second label to said new
N-terminal amino acids of the remaining peptides. In one
embodiment, among the remaining peptides the new end terminal amino
acid is Lysine. In one embodiment, the method further comprises the
step e) detecting the next signal for each peptide at the single
molecule level. In one embodiment, the N-terminal amino acid
removing step, the detecting step, and the label adding step to a
new N-terminal amino acid are successively repeated from 1 to 20
times. In one embodiment, the repetitive detection of signal for
each peptide at the single molecule level results in a pattern. In
one embodiment, the pattern is unique to a single-peptide within
the plurality of immobilized peptides. In one embodiment, the
single-peptide pattern is compared to the proteome of an organism
to identify the peptide. In one embodiment, the intensity of said
first and second labels are measured amongst said plurality of
immobilized peptides. In one embodiment, the N-terminal amino acids
are removed in step b) by an Edman degradation reaction. In one
embodiment, the peptides are immobilized via Cysteine residues. In
one embodiment, the degradation step in which removal of second
label coincides with removal of first label is identified. In one
embodiment, said removal of the amino acid is measured in step b is
measured as a reduced fluorescence intensity.
[0026] In one embodiment, the invention relates to a method of
identifying amino acids in peptides, comprising: a) providing a
plurality of peptides immobilized on a solid support, each peptide
comprising an N-terminal amino acid and internal amino acids, said
internal amino acids comprising Lysine, each Lysine labeled with a
first label, said first label producing a first signal for each
peptide, and said N-terminal amino acid of each peptide labeled
with a second label, said second label being different from said
first label, wherein a subset of said plurality of peptides
comprise an N-terminal Lysine having both said first and second
label; b) treating said plurality of immobilized peptides under
conditions such that each N-terminal amino acid of each peptide is
removed; and c) detecting the first signal for each peptide at the
single molecule level under conditions such that said subset of
peptides comprising an N-terminal Lysine is identified. In one
embodiment, the removal of said N-terminal amino acid in step b) is
done under conditions such that the remaining peptides each have a
new N-terminal amino acid. In one embodiment, the N-terminal amino
acids are removed in step b) by an Edman degradation reaction. In
one embodiment, the peptides are immobilized via Cysteine
residues.
[0027] In one embodiment, the invention relates to a method of
identifying amino acids in peptides, comprising: a) providing a
plurality of peptides immobilized on a solid support, each peptide
comprising an N-terminal amino acid and internal amino acids, said
internal amino acids comprising Lysine, each Lysine labeled with a
first label, said first label producing a first signal for each
peptide, and said N-terminal amino acid of each peptide labeled
with a second label, said second label being different from said
first label, wherein a subset of said plurality of peptides
comprise an N-terminal acid that is not Lysine; b) treating said
plurality of immobilized peptides under conditions such that each
N-terminal amino acid of each peptide is removed; and c) detecting
the first signal for each peptide at the single molecule level
under conditions such that said subset of peptides comprising an
N-terminal amino acid that is not Lysine is identified. In one
embodiment, the removal of said N-terminal amino acid in step b) is
done under conditions such that the remaining peptides each have a
new N-terminal amino acid. In one embodiment, the N-terminal amino
acids are removed in step b) by an Edman degradation reaction. In
one embodiment, the peptides are immobilized via Cysteine
residues.
[0028] In one embodiment, the present invention contemplates a
method of treating peptides, comprising providing a plurality of
peptides immobilized on a solid support, each peptide comprising an
N-terminal amino acid and internal amino acids, the internal amino
acids comprising Lysine, each Lysine labeled with a first label,
the first label producing a first signal for each peptide (the
strength of which will depend in part on the number of labeled
Lysines for any one peptide), and the N-terminal amino acid of each
peptide labeled with a second label, the second label being
different from the first label; treating the plurality of
immobilized peptides under conditions such that each N-terminal
amino acid of each peptide is removed; and detecting the first
signal for each peptide at the single molecule level.
[0029] In one embodiment, the present invention contemplates a
method of treating peptides, comprising providing a plurality of
peptides immobilized on a solid support, each peptide comprising an
N-terminal amino acid and internal amino acids, the internal amino
acids comprising Lysine, each Lysine labeled with a first label,
the first label producing a first signal for each peptide (the
strength of which will depend in part on the number of labeled
Lysines for any one peptide), and the N-terminal amino acid of each
peptide labeled with a second label, the second label being
different from the first label, and an optical device capable of
detecting the first collective signal for each peptide at the
single molecule level; treating the plurality of immobilized
peptides under conditions such that each N-terminal amino acid of
each peptide is removed; detecting the first signal for each
peptide at the single molecule level with the optical device.
[0030] In one embodiment, the present invention contemplates a
method of identifying amino acids in peptides, comprising providing
a plurality of peptides immobilized on a solid support, each
peptide comprising an N-terminal amino acid and internal amino
acids, the internal amino acids comprising Lysine, each Lysine
labeled with a first label, the first label producing a first
signal for each peptide (the strength of which will depend in part
on the number of labeled Lysines for any one peptide), and the
N-terminal amino acid of each peptide labeled with a second label,
the second label being different from the first label, wherein a
subset of the plurality of peptides comprise an N-terminal Lysine
having both the first and second label; treating the plurality of
immobilized peptides under conditions such that each N-terminal
amino acid of each peptide is removed; and detecting the first
signal for each peptide at the single molecule level under
conditions such that the subset of peptides comprising an
N-terminal Lysine is identified.
[0031] In one embodiment, the present invention contemplates a
method of identifying amino acids in peptides, comprising providing
a plurality of peptides immobilized on a solid support, each
peptide comprising an N-terminal amino acid and internal amino
acids, the internal amino acids comprising Lysine, each Lysine
labeled with a first label, the first label producing a first
signal for each peptide (the strength of which will depend in part
on the number of labeled Lysines for any one peptide), and the
N-terminal amino acid of each peptide labeled with a second label,
the second label being different from the first label, wherein a
subset of the plurality of peptides comprise an N-terminal acid
that is not Lysine; treating the plurality of immobilized peptides
under conditions such that each N-terminal amino acid of each
peptide is removed; and detecting the first signal for each peptide
at the single molecule level under conditions such that the subset
of peptides comprising an N-terminal amino acid that is not Lysine
is identified.
[0032] In one embodiment, the present invention contemplates a
method of treating peptides, comprising providing a plurality of
peptides immobilized on a solid support, each peptide comprising an
N-terminal amino acid and internal amino acids, the internal amino
acids comprising Lysine, each Lysine labeled with a first label,
the first label producing a first signal (e.g. green) for each
peptide, and the N-terminal amino acid of each peptide labeled with
a second label, the second label being different from the first
label, the second label providing a second signal (e.g. red) for
each peptide, the first and second signals producing a collective
signal (e.g. red/green) for each peptide; detecting the second
signal (or the collective signal) for each peptide at the single
molecule level; treating the plurality of immobilized peptides
under conditions such that each N-terminal amino acid of each
peptide is removed; and detecting the first signal for each peptide
at the single molecule level.
[0033] In one embodiment, the present invention contemplates a
method of treating peptides, comprising providing a plurality of
peptides immobilized on a solid support, each peptide comprising an
N-terminal amino acid and internal amino acids, the internal amino
acids comprising Lysine, each Lysine labeled with a first label,
the first label producing a first signal (e.g. green) for each
peptide, and the N-terminal amino acid of each peptide labeled with
a second label, the second label being different from the first
label, the second label providing a second signal (e.g. red) for
each peptide, the first and second signals producing a collective
signal (e.g. red/green) for each peptide, and an optical device
capable of detecting the first and second signal (i.e. either
separately or collectively) for each peptide at the single molecule
level; detecting the second signal (or the collective signal) for
each peptide at the single molecule level with the optical device;
treating the plurality of immobilized peptides under conditions
such that each N-terminal amino acid of each peptide is removed;
and detecting the first signal for each peptide at the single
molecule level with the optical device.
[0034] In one embodiment, the present invention contemplates a
method of identifying amino acids in peptides, comprising providing
a plurality of peptides immobilized on a solid support, each
peptide comprising an N-terminal amino acid and internal amino
acids, the internal amino acids comprising Lysine, each Lysine
labeled with a first label, the first label producing a first
signal (e.g. green) for each peptide, and the N-terminal amino acid
of each peptide labeled with a second label, the second label being
different from the first label, the second label providing a second
signal (e.g. red) for each peptide, the first and second signals
producing a collective signal (e.g. red/green) for each peptide,
wherein a subset of the plurality of peptides comprise an
N-terminal Lysine having both the first and second label; detecting
the second signal (or the collective signal) for each peptide at
the single molecule level; treating the plurality of immobilized
peptides under conditions such that each N-terminal amino acid of
each peptide is removed; and detecting the first signal for each
peptide at the single molecule level under conditions such that the
subset of peptides comprising an N-terminal Lysine is
identified.
[0035] In one embodiment, the present invention contemplates a
method of identifying amino acids in peptides, comprising providing
a plurality of peptides immobilized on a solid support, each
peptide comprising an N-terminal amino acid and internal amino
acids, the internal amino acids comprising Lysine, each Lysine
labeled with a first label, the first label producing a first
signal (e.g. green) for each peptide, and the N-terminal amino acid
of each peptide labeled with a second label, the second label being
different from the first label, the second label providing a second
signal (e.g. red) for each peptide, the first and second signals
producing a collective signal (e.g. red/green) for each peptide,
wherein a subset of the plurality of peptides comprise an
N-terminal acid that is not Lysine; detecting the second signal (or
the collective signal) for each peptide at the single molecule
level; treating the plurality of immobilized peptides under
conditions such that each N-terminal amino acid of each peptide is
removed; and detecting the first signal for each peptide at the
single molecule level under conditions such that the subset of
peptides comprising an N-terminal amino acid that is not Lysine is
identified.
[0036] In one embodiment, the present invention contemplates a
method of sequencing peptides, comprising providing a sample
comprising a plurality of peptides, a first label (for example a
first fluorescent molecule), and a second label (for example, a
second fluorescent molecule); immobilizing the plurality of
peptides on a solid support; labeling every residue of a specific
amino acid type in the plurality of immobilized peptides with the
first label; labeling the N-terminal amino acids of the plurality
of immobilized peptides with the second label; removing the
N-terminal amino acids of the plurality of immobilized peptides;
and detecting the label (for example, measuring the fluorescence
intensity of the first and second fluorescent molecules) for
single-peptides within the plurality of immobilized peptides. In
one embodiment, the labeling and removing steps are successively
repeated from 1 to 20 times. In one embodiment, the first and
second labels are detected measuring on the plurality of
immobilized peptide. In another embodiment, the N-terminal amino
acids are removed by an Edman degradation reaction. In another
embodiment, the Edman degradation reaction labels the N-terminal
amino acids of the immobilized peptides with the second fluorescent
molecule. In yet another embodiment, the peptides are immobilized
via internal Cysteine residues. In one embodiment, the specific
amino acid labeled with the first label is Lysine. In one
embodiment, the first and second labels on the single-peptides are
measured with optics capable of single-molecule resolution. In
another embodiment, the degradation step in which a loss of second
label (for example a reduced fluorescence intensity) coincides with
a loss of first label (for example reduced fluorescence intensity)
is identified. In one embodiment, the pattern of degradation steps
that coincide with a reduction of the first label (for example a
loss in fluorescence intensity) is unique to a single-peptide
within the plurality of immobilized peptides. In one embodiment,
the single-peptide pattern is compared to the proteome of an
organism to identify the peptide.
[0037] In one embodiment, only a single label is used. In this
embodiment, the invention relates to a method of treating peptides,
comprising: a) providing a plurality of peptides immobilized on a
solid support, each peptide comprising an N-terminal amino acid and
internal amino acids, said internal amino acids comprising Lysine,
each Lysine labeled with a label, and said label producing a signal
for each peptide; b) treating said plurality of immobilized
peptides under conditions such that each N-terminal amino acid of
each peptide is removed; and c) detecting the signal for each
peptide at the single molecule level. In one embodiment, said label
is a fluorescent label. In one embodiment, the removal in step b)
said N-terminal amino acid of each peptide reacted with a phenyl
isothiocyanate derivative. In one embodiment, the removal of said
N-terminal amino acid in step b) is done under conditions such that
the remaining peptides each have a new N-terminal amino acid. In
one embodiment, the method further comprises the step d) removing
the next N-terminal amino acid done under conditions such that the
remaining peptides each have a new N-terminal amino acid. In one
embodiment, the method further comprises the step e) detecting the
next signal for each peptide at the single molecule level. In one
embodiment, the N-terminal amino acid removing step and the
detecting step are successively repeated from 1 to 20 times. In one
embodiment, the repetitive detection of signal for each peptide at
the single molecule level results in a pattern. In one embodiment,
the pattern is unique to a single-peptide within the plurality of
immobilized peptides. In one embodiment, the single-peptide pattern
is compared to the proteome of an organism to identify the peptide.
In one embodiment, the intensity of said labels are measured
amongst said plurality of immobilized peptides. In one embodiment,
the N-terminal amino acids are removed in step b) by an Edman
degradation reaction. In one embodiment, the peptides are
immobilized via Cysteine residues. In one embodiment, the detecting
in step c) is done with optics capable of single-molecule
resolution. In one embodiment, the degradation step in which
removal of the N-terminal amino acid coincides with removal of the
label is identified. In one embodiment, said removal of the amino
acid is measured in step b) is measured as a reduced fluorescence
intensity.
[0038] In one embodiment, the present invention contemplates
labeling two or more amino acids. For example, in one embodiment, a
triple labeling scheme is contemplated for labeling Cysteine,
Lysine and Tryptophan. Thus in one embodiment, the first
fluorophore is attached to a structure in a group consisting of a
thiol in Cysteine, an amine in Lysine, and an N-terminus, the
second fluorophore is attached to a structure selected from the
amino acids having carboxylate side chains and/or a free
C-terminus. In a further embodiment, a third fluorophore is
attached to a Tryptophan. Thus, in one embodiment, the first
fluorophore attached to Cysteine is an iodoacetamide. In another
embodiment, the first fluorophore attached to Lysine is a
2-methoxy-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazole. In one embodiment, Cysteine
side chains are solution labeled with an iodoacetamide with or
without subsequent labeling with a 2-methylthio-2-imadazoline
hydroiodide (MDI). In one embodiment, Lysine side chains are
solution labeled with a 2-methoxy-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazole. In one
embodiment, Tryptophan side chains are solution labeled with a
2,4-Dinitrobenzenesulfenyl chloride (DBSC).
[0039] In one embodiment, the present invention contemplates
solution-phase labeling of at least five targets in a peptide is
shown in FIG. 43 and described in Example V. Thus in one
embodiment, Cys is labeled first, Lys is labeled second, N-terminal
labeling third, carboxylates (side chains and C-terminus) are
labeled fourth, followed by Trp-labeling fifth. In one embodiment,
the first label is selected from the group consisting of
iodoacetamide and 2-methylthio-2-imadazoline hydroiodide (MDI). In
one embodiment, the second label is
2-methoxy-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazole. In one embodiment, the third
label is 1-(4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxocyclohexylidene)-3-methylbutyl
diethyl phosphate (Phos-ivDde). In one embodiment, the fourth label
is selected from the group consisting of benzylamine (BA),
3-dimethylaminopropylamine, and isobutylamine. In one embodiment,
the fifth label is 2,4-dinitrobenzenesulfenyl chloride.
[0040] In one embodiment, the present invention contemplates
solid-phase labeling of at least three targets in a peptide is
shown in FIG. 44 and described in Example V. In one embodiment, Lys
is labeled first, carboxylates are labeled second followed by
Trp-labeling third. In one embodiment, the first label is
2-methoxy-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazole. In one embodiment, the second
label is (7-Azabenzotriazol-1-yloxy)tripyrrolidinophosphonium
hexafluorophosphate (PyAOP). In one embodiment, the third label is
2,4-Dinitrobenzenesulfenyl chloride. In one embodiment, the peptide
is attached to hydrazinobenzoyl resin.
Definitions
[0041] To facilitate the understanding of this invention a number
of terms are defined below. Terms defined herein (unless otherwise
specified) have meanings as commonly understood by a person of
ordinary skill in the areas relevant to the present invention.
Terms such as "a", "an" and "the" are not intended to refer to only
a singular entity, but include the general class of which a
specific example may be used for illustration. The terminology
herein is used to describe specific embodiments of the invention,
but their usage does not delimit the invention, except as outlined
in the claims.
[0042] As used herein, terms defined in the singular are intended
to include those terms defined in the plural and vice versa.
[0043] As used herein, the term "amino acid" in general refers to
organic compounds that contain at least one amino group, --NH.sub.2
which functionalized is --NH.sub.3.sup.+, and one carboxyl group,
--COOH, which functionalized is --COO.sup.-, where the carboxylic
acids are deprotonated at neutral pH, having the basic formula of
NH.sub.2CHRCOOH. An amino acid and thus a peptide has an N
(amino)-terminal residue region and a C (carboxy)-terminal residue
region. Types of amino acids include at least 20 that are
considered "natural" as they comprise the majority of biological
proteins in mammals, such as Lysine, Cysteine, Tyrosine;Tyr;Y,
Threonine;Thr;T, etc. Amino acids may also be grouped as having
carboxylic acid groups (at neutral pH), including aspartic acid or
aspartate (Asp; D) and glutamic acid or glutamate (Glu;E); and
basic amino acids (at neutral pH), including lysine (Lys;L),
arginine (Arg;N), and histidine (His; H).
[0044] As used herein, the term "terminal" is referred to as
singular terminus and plural termini.
[0045] As used herein, the term "side chains" or "R" refers to
unique structures attached to the alpha carbon (attaching the amine
and carboxylic acid groups of the amino acid) that render
uniqueness to each type of amino acid. R groups have a variety of
shapes, sizes, charges, and reactivities, such as Charged Polar
side chains, either positively or negatively charged, such as
lysine (+), arginine (+), Histidine (+), aspartate (-) and
glutamate (-), amino acids can also be basic, such as lysine, or
acidic, such as glutamic acid; Uncharged Polar side chains have
Hydroxyl, Amide, or Thiol Groups, such as Cysteine having a
chemically reactive side chain, i.e. a thiol group that can form
bonds with another Cysteine, Serine (Ser) and Threonine (Thr), that
have hydroxylic R side chains of different sizes; Asparagine (Asn),
Glutamine (Gln), and Tyrosine (Tyr); Non-polar hydrophobic amino
acid side chains include the amino acid Glycine; Alanine, Valine,
Leucine, and Isoleucine having aliphatic hydrocarbon side chains
ranging in size from a methyl group for alanine to isomeric butyl
groups for Leucine and Isoleucine; Methionine (Met) has a thiol
ether side chain, Proline (Pro) has a cyclic pyrrolidine side
group. Phenylalanine (with its phenyl moiety) (Phe) and Typtophan
(Trp) (with its indole group) contain aromatic side groups, which
are characterized by bulk as well as nonpolarity.
[0046] Amino acids can also be referred to by a name or 3-letter
code or 1-letter code, for example, Cysteine; Cys; C, Lysine; Lys;
K, Tryptophan; Trp; W, respectively.
[0047] Amino acids may be classified as nutritionally essential or
nonessential, with the caveat that nonessential vs. essential may
vary from organisum to organism or vary during different
developmental stages. Nonessential or conditional amino acids for a
particular organiusum is one that is synthesized adequately in the
body, typically in a pathway using enzymes encoded by several
genes, as substrates to meet the needs for protein synthesis.
Essential amino acids are amino acids that the organisum is not
unable to produce or not able to produce enough natuarally, via de
novo pathways, for example Lysine in humans. Humans obtain
essential amino acids through their diet, including synthetic
supplements, meat, plants and other organsiums. "Unnatural" amino
acids are those not naturally encoded or found in the genetic code
nor produced via de novo pathways in mammals and plants. They can
be synthesized by adding side chains not normally found or rarely
found on amino acids in nature. Potential functional groups and
side chains for synthesizing unnatural amino acids are described
herein and in the Figures.
[0048] As used herein, .beta. amino acids, which have their amino
group bonded to the .beta. carbon rather than the a carbon as in
the 20 standard biological amino acids, are unnatural amino acids.
The only common naturally occurring .beta. amino acid is
.beta.-alanine.
[0049] As used herein, the term the terms "amino acid sequence",
"peptide", "peptide sequence", "polypeptide", and "polypeptide
sequence" are used interchangeably herein to refer to at least two
amino acids or amino acid analogs that are covalently linked by a
peptide (amide) bond or an analog of a peptide bond. The term
peptide includes oligomers and polymers of amino acids or amino
acid analogs. The term peptide also includes molecules that are
commonly referred to as peptides, which generally contain from
about two (2) to about twenty (20) amino acids. The term peptide
also includes molecules that are commonly referred to as
polypeptides, which generally contain from about twenty (20) to
about fifty amino acids (50). The term peptide also includes
molecules that are commonly referred to as proteins, which
generally contain from about fifty (50) to about three thousand
(3000) amino acids. The amino acids of the peptide may be L-amino
acids or D-amino acids. A peptide, polypeptide or protein may be
synthetic, recombinant or naturally occurring. A synthetic peptide
is a peptide that is produced by artificial means in vitro.
[0050] As used herein, the term "subset" refers to the N-terminal
amino acid residue of an individual peptide molecule. A "subset" of
individual peptide molecules with an N-terminal Lysine residue is
distinguished from a "subset" of individual peptide molecules with
an N-terminal residue that is not Lysine.
[0051] As used herein, the term "fluorescence" refers to the
emission of visible light by a substance that has absorbed light of
a different wavelength. In some embodiments, fluorescence provides
a non-destructive means of tracking and/or analyzing biological
molecules based on the fluorescent emission at a specific
wavelength. Proteins (including antibodies), peptides, nucleic
acid, oligonucleotides (including single stranded and double
stranded primers) may be "labeled" with a variety of extrinsic
fluorescent molecules referred to as fluorophores. Isothiocyanate
derivatives of fluorescein, such as carboxyfluorescein, are an
example of fluorophores that may be conjugated to proteins (such as
antibodies for immunohistochemistry) or nucleic acids. In some
embodiments, fluorescein may be conjugated to nucleoside
triphosphates and incorporated into nucleic acid probes (such as
"fluorescent-conjugated primers") for in situ hybridization. In
some embodiments, a molecule that is conjugated to
carboxyfluorescein is referred to as "FAM-labeled".
[0052] As used herein, sequencing of peptides "at the single
molecule level" refers to amino acid sequence information obtained
from individual (i.e. single) peptide molecules in a mixture of
diverse peptide molecules. It is not necessary that the present
invention be limited to methods where the amino acid sequence
information obtained from an individual peptide molecule is the
complete or contiguous amino acid sequence of an individual peptide
molecule. In some embodiment, it is sufficient that only partial
amino acid sequence information is obtained, allowing for
identification of the peptide or protein. Partial amino acid
sequence information, including for example the pattern of a
specific amino acid residue (i.e. Lysine) within individual peptide
molecules, may be sufficient to uniquely identify an individual
peptide molecule. For example, a pattern of amino acids such as
X--X--X-Lys-X--X--X--X-Lys-X-Lys (SEQ ID NO: 1), which indicates
the distribution of Lysine molecules within an individual peptide
molecule, may be searched against a known proteome of a given
organism to identify the individual peptide molecule. It is not
intended that sequencing of peptides at the single molecule level
be limited to identifying the pattern of Lysine residues in an
individual peptide molecule; sequence information for any amino
acid residue (including multiple amino acid residues) may be used
to identify individual peptide molecules in a mixture of diverse
peptide molecules.
[0053] As used herein, "single molecule resolution" refers to the
ability to acquire data (including, for example, amino acid
sequence information) from individual peptide molecules in a
mixture of diverse peptide molecules. In one non-limiting example,
the mixture of diverse peptide molecules may be immobilized on a
solid surface (including, for example, a glass slide, or a glass
slide whose surface has been chemically modified). In one
embodiment, this may include the ability to simultaneously record
the fluorescent intensity of multiple individual (i.e. single)
peptide molecules distributed across the glass surface. Optical
devices are commercially available that can be applied in this
manner. For example, a conventional microscope equipped with total
internal reflection illumination and an intensified charge-couple
device (CCD) detector is available (see Braslaysky et al., PNAS,
100(7): 3960-4 (2003) [4]. Imaging with a high sensitivity CCD
camera allows the instrument to simultaneously record the
fluorescent intensity of multiple individual (i.e. single) peptide
molecules distributed across a surface. In one embodiment, image
collection may be performed using an image splitter that directs
light through two band pass filters (one suitable for each
fluorescent molecule) to be recorded as two side-by-side images on
the CCD surface. Using a motorized microscope stage with automated
focus control to image multiple stage positions in the flow cell
may allow millions of individual single peptides (or more) to be
sequenced in one experiment.
[0054] As used herein, the term "collective signal" refers to the
combined signal that results from the first and second labels
attached to an individual peptide molecule.
[0055] As used herein, the term "experimental cycle" refers to one
round of single molecule sequencing, comprised of the Edman
degradation of a single amino acid residue followed by TIRF
measurement of fluorescence intensities.
[0056] Attribution probability mass function--for a given
fluorosequence, the posterior probability mass function of its
source proteins, i.e. the set of probabilities P(p.sub.i/f.sub.i)
of each source protein p.sub.i, given an observed fluorosequence
f.sub.i.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0057] For a more complete understanding of the features and
advantages of the present invention, reference is now made to the
detailed description of the invention along with the accompanying
Figs.
[0058] FIG. 1 depicts the identification of the N-terminal amino
acid residue of a tetrapeptide by means of the Sanger reaction.
[0059] FIG. 2 depicts the identification of the N-terminal residue
of a tetrapeptide as the dansyl derivative.
[0060] FIG. 3 depicts the identification of the N-terminal amino
acid residue by Edman degradation.
[0061] FIG. 4 depicts one embodiment of a single molecule peptide
sequencing scheme of the present invention.
[0062] FIG. 5A depicts one embodiment of the selective labeling of
immobilized peptides followed by successive cycles of N-terminal
amino acid labeling and removal to produce unique patterns that
identify individual peptides.
[0063] FIG. 5B shows the general scheme of one embodiment of the
method. Proteins are extracted and digested by specific
endo-peptidases. All occurrences of the particular amino acids
(e.g. Lysines, Tryptophan, Arginine in this case) on the peptides
are selectively labeled by dyes (blue, green and yellow stars
respectively) and surface immobilization for single molecule
imaging. The peptides are subjected to a fluorescent Edman reagent
coupling and removing the terminal amino acid at the end of every
cycle. This works as an internal error check to ensure the
successful completion of an Edman cycle and gives the count of
amino acids removed. Dye indicates when the specific amino acid is
removed which in combination with dye2 signal gives the resulting
pattern (W--K--K-x-Y-x (SEQ ID NO: 2)). This pattern identifies the
peptide in the reference database.
[0064] FIG. 6 depicts a simulation that demonstrates that
successive cleavage of N-terminal amino acids results in patterns
capable of identifying at least one peptide from a substantial
fraction of proteins that comprise the human and yeast
proteome.
[0065] FIG. 7 depicts a simulation that demonstrates that limiting
sequencing to peptides with no more than eight Lysines provides
nearly the coverage of the full set of peptides in the yeast
proteome.
[0066] FIG. 8 depicts the structures of cyanine dyes Cy3 and
Cy5.
[0067] FIG. 9 depicts the synthesis scheme for producing the
isothiocyanate derivatives of cyanine dyes Cy3 and Cy5.
[0068] FIG. 10 shows one diagram of a total internal reflectance
fluorescence (TIRF) microscopy setup (1) that can be used in one
embodiment of sequence analysis. In such a setup is a microscope
flow cell (2) wherein the fluorescence of the labeled proteins can
be ovserved through the field of view (3). The laser (4) is
directed against the dichroic mirror (6) through the high numerical
aperture objective lens (7) through the field of view (3). An
intensified charge-couple device (ICCD) (5) observes the
fluorescent signal from the labeled peptides.
[0069] FIG. 11 shows a cross-sectional view of one embodiment of a
closed perfusion chamber flow cell. Modifications to this
commercial flow cell are to the materials employed for the lower
gasket, for which many materials have been tested and are currently
using Teflon in order to be resistant to the solvents used for the
Edman procedure, and to the surface of the glass slide, which we
modify chemically in order to immobilize the peptides.
[0070] FIG. 12A shows an exploded view of one embodiment of a
closed imaging chamber. In this embodiment, the closed imaging
chamber includes: Electrical Enclosure (9) which can be detached to
sterilize the perfusion tubes an contains temperature sensor and
heater contacts; flow cell chamber top (10)--Designed to assure
parallel uniform closure, eliminate leaks, and broken coverslips
and contains the perfusion tubes; Perfusion Tubes (11) For fluid
flow; Upper gasket (12); Flow Control/Microaqueduct Slide (13)--An
optical surface which integrates perfusion and temperature control,
High-volume laminar flow, Koehler illumination, and electronically
conductive coating for temperature control.; Lower Gasket
(14)--Provides a seal between the flow cell coverslip and flow
control slide. This gasket can have any internal geometry one
desires. Standard thicknesses from 0.1 mm to 1.0 mm are
contemplated. This allows one to define the volume and flow
characteristics of the chamber. Modifications to this commercial
flow cell are to the materials employed for the lower gasket (14),
for which many materials have been tested and are currently using
Teflon in order to be resistant to the solvents used for the Edman
procedure, and to the surface of the glass slide, which we modify
chemically in order to immobilize the peptides; Coverslip (15); and
flow cell stage adapter base (16)--Temperature controlled and
contains a dovetail to lock into stage adapter for stability. In
one non-limiting implementation, a Teflon lower gasket is
preferably employed (14) in order to allow for the use of organic
solvents in the flow cell.
[0071] FIG. 12B shows an exploded view of a second embodiment of a
closed imaging chamber. The lower and upper rubber gaskets on the
commercially available perfusion chamber (FCS2 closed chamber
system, Bioptechs Inc, Butler, Pa.) were substituted with a
perfluoroelastomer, Kalrez (Dupont). This material has the same
resistivity of PTFE (Teflon.RTM.) and a compressibility similar to
nitrile rubbers, thereby ensuring an oxygen free environment
necessary for high efficiency Edman chemistry. Other
fluoroelastomers are also contemplated.
[0072] FIG. 12C shows the chamber of FIG. 12B connected to a valve
and pumping system. The cycles of fluid exchanges between aqueous
and organic solvents can be optimized and computer controlled
through this a pump and valve system.
[0073] FIG. 13 shows one embodiment of peptides with labeled
Lysines (i.e. labeled with the amine-reactive dye HiLyte 647), said
peptides attached by Cysteines to maleimide-PEG quartz surface. The
different pattern of fluorescence intensity with the different
labeled Lysine content. HiLyte Fluor.TM. 647 succidinimyl ester is
a amine-reactive fluorescent labeling dye that generates the
conjugates that are slightly red-shifted compared to those of Cy5
dyes, resulting in an optimal match to filters designed for Cy5
dye. Its conjugate may have better performance than Cy5 for
fluorescence polarization-based assays.
[0074] FIG. 14 shows a comparison of single fluorescently-labeled
peptides, Hilyte647-NHS dye in the 647 channel. The alternate
channel revealing low background fluorescence is a 561 channel.
[0075] FIG. 15 shows the difference in the Edman degradation of the
labeled single peptide molecules between a peptide that contains
one versus two labeled Lysines. The fluorescence signal, Hilyte647
dye (excited by the 647 channel), drops when the labeled Lysine is
removed. Only fluorescence signal is found with labeled
Lysines.
[0076] FIG. 16 shows scanning the microscope stage and tiling
images to analyze large numbers of peptides wherein quantum dots
can serve as guides.
[0077] FIG. 17 shows the structure of some particularly stable
dyes, i.e. stable to extended incubation with TFA and Pyridine/PITC
solvents. The structures of these dyes gives some indication of its
stability, primarily due to the lack of any conjugation and the
presence of an extended or decorated three ring system.
[0078] FIG. 18 shows synthetic pathways for a group of contemplated
exemplary monomers in a protected form to be used in Fmoc-based
solid phase synthesis.
[0079] FIG. 19 is a schematic showing one embodiment for the
synthesis of 30-mers via olefin metathesis concatenation of
10-mers, and reversal with ethylene. FIG. 19A shows an approach for
synthesis where the C terminus is Cysteine. FIG. 19B shows the
transition of 30 mers to 10-mers. FIG. 19C shows the preparation
for sequencing. FIG. 19D shows a schematic for olefin
metathesis.
[0080] FIG. 20 depicts an automated computational pipeline for peak
identification. To the acquired raw image (i), a box median filter
is applied to remove the background noise. A correlation matrix
sweeps across this 2D processed image to detect candidate peaks
that fits a defined criterion. The coordinates of the candidate
peaks from this image (iii) are mapped to the raw image (iv). To
illustrate how the peak is identified, assume a 5.times.5 pixel
region (v) in the image that contains the candidate peak. To the
central 3.times.3 pixel, a point spread function (vi) is fitted on
its intensity values. The background intensity is the average of
the intensity values of the squares surrounding the central
3.times.3 pixel region. It is considered as true peak if the
R.sup.2 value of the fit is greater than 0.7. By iterating through
all the candidate peaks and applying the filter, we identify all
the peaks (as denoted in image vii) in our acquired image.
[0081] FIG. 21 demonstrates that Alexafluor-NHS immobilized on
patterned aminosilane glass slide is stable through cycles of Edman
degradation. The Alexafluor555 dye immobilized on the square
patterned aminosilane glass slide is stable to 5 Edman cycles. The
dye is not quenched and the amide bond is not destroyed during the
process.
[0082] FIG. 22 shows one embodiment of a sequence of derivitization
reactions that allows for the labeling of the side chains of
various amino acids in an orthogonal and step-by-step fashion. In
particular, the N-terminus is deprotonated for use in future Edman
degradation.
[0083] FIG. 23 shows one embodiment of a method of immobilizing
peptides via Cysteine using a resin, followed by labeling steps,
and then freeing the peptides with a carboxylic acid on the
end.
[0084] FIG. 24 shows one embodiment wherein, once the peptide is
labelled, they are immobilized for the sequencing.
[0085] FIG. 25 shows useful orthogonal dynamic covalent functional
groups.
[0086] FIG. 26 shows alternative orthogonal reactions.
[0087] FIG. 27 shows alternative side chains.
[0088] FIG. 28 shows embodiments of unnatural peptides that can be
constructed with the dynamic covalent functional groups discussed
above.
[0089] FIG. 29 shows embodiments of polymer wherein functional
groups on the side chains are introduced during synthesis.
[0090] FIG. 30 shows embodiments of fluorophores, including BODIPY
derivatives.
[0091] FIG. 31 shows embodiments of chemical pairs for side chains
and labeling units.
[0092] FIG. 32 shows one embodiment of a screening method to test
all dyes and linkages to the various chemical conditions need in
synthesis and sequencing.
[0093] FIG. 33 shows embodiments of methods for taking the
oligomers and creating nerve agent degrading agents.
[0094] FIG. 34 depicts polypeptide cleavage sites for a number of
proteases. Methods and Peptide bonds cleaved, respectively,
Trypsin: Amino acid 1=Lys or Arg; Chymotrypsin: Amino acid 1=Phe,
Trp or Tyr; Pepsin: Amino acid 1=Phe, Trp, Tyr and several others;
Thermolysin: Amino acid 2=Leu, Ile, or Val; and Cyanogen bromide:
Amino acid 1=Met.
[0095] FIG. 35 shows that exemplary specific binding of
fluorophores to functionalized Tentagel beads occurs at the
periphery and density can be measured by image processing. The 100
.mu.m amine functionalized Tentagel beads is incubated with the
succinidimyl ester form of dye or peptide to form the stable amide
bond. Repeated solvent washes remove the majority of
non-specifically bound dyes or peptides resulting in abundant
fluorescent signal at the bead periphery. A mask of every bead is
generated and a radial intensity sweep for the fluorescent channel
across each bead is performed. The radial intensity profile for a
bead is normalized and shape corrected using a non-specifically
bound dye on bead as a control. The area under the normalized
radial intensity across all beads for an experiment is the density
of the truly bound fluorophore or fluorescently labeled peptide on
the bead. The scale bar shown in the fluorescent image is 200
.mu.m.
[0096] FIGS. 36A-B show an exemplary select number of fluorophores
exhibit fluorescence stability towards Edman solvents. (a) The
panel of fluorophores scanning across four fluorescent channels
were tested for their percentage change in fluorescence intensity
after a 24 hour incubation with trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) or
pyridine/PITC in 9:1 (shown as pyridine) at 40.degree. C. The
fluorophores demarcated in boxes had a relatively small change
(<40%) in fluorescence with the prolonged incubation in the
Edman solvents. (b) The panel of bead images are two examples of
the fluorescence changes in dyes on the Tentagel.RTM. beads with 24
hour TFA and pyridine incubation. The BODIPY-FL and Atto647N dye
shows dramatic differences in dye behavior with the Edman solvent
incubation. In the case of BODIPY-FL, the fluorescence intensity
decreases with TFA incubation while there is a spectral shift with
pyridine incubations. The fluorescence intensity is unchanged for
the case of Atto647N dye. The terminologies used for the four
fluorescence channels are combinations of filter sets described in
methods section. The scale bar is 200 .mu.m.
[0097] FIG. 37 shows an exemplary amide bond between the dye
succinimidyl ester group and the amine surface on Tentagel.RTM.
beads that results in highly specific peripheral binding. The panel
of images shows the differences in binding profile (inset or radial
distribution of fluorescence intensity in images) of the Alexa
Fluor 555 with its different functional handles and
tetramethylrhodamine isothiocyanate dye on amine or thiol grafted
Tentagel.RTM. beads. The negative control involves where the
carboxylate and hydrazide derivatives of the Alexa Fluor 555 did
not bind to the bead periphery but bound non-specifically in its
interior. The binding nature of maleimide and isothiocyanate
variants is unclear. Images are not contrast stretched and the
scale bar is 200 .mu.m.
[0098] FIGS. 38A-B show exemplary peptides that can be stably and
covalently immobilized on amine surfaces using EDC chemistry. The
carbodiimide conjugation between the activated carboxylic acid of
the peptide--(fmoc)-K*A (where * is the fluorescent
tetramethylrhodamine) and amine group on Tentagel.RTM. beads occurs
by the EDC (Ethyl-(3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide)/NHS
cross-linker (see methods for the EDC coupling protocol). The
peripheral fluorescent signal from immobilized peptide is stable
with 24 h incubation with TFA or pyridine/PITC (9:1 v/v) solvents
as seen in (a). The panel of images of peptide (fmoc-K*A)
immobilization on aminosilane coated glass beads in (b) controls
for the effect of other variables involved in the chemistry and the
non-covalent binding of Tentagel beads. High density peripheral
binding of peptides is observed on amine coated glass beads which
verifies that the peptides are covalently immobilized on the amine
surface via their carboxylic acid group. Scale bar used is 200
.mu.m.
[0099] FIG. 39 shows an exemplary structure of rhodamine variants
with the conjugated peptide. The structures of the four peptides
with their .epsilon.-Lysines labeled with the rhodamine dye variant
are shown. Peptides A and B was (boc)-K*A labeled with rhodamine B
and rhodamine 101 respectively. Peptide C is (fmoc)-K*A labeled
with tetramethylrhodamine and peptide D was labeled with a
rhodamine B but contains a synthetic N,N'-dimethylethylenediamine
(DMEDA) linker.
[0100] FIGS. 40A-B show that exemplary fluorescence of rhodamine
dyes attached to peptides is affected by the pH of the imaging
buffer. (a) Comparison of four different synthetic peptides (fmoc
or boc)-K*A, labeled with commercially available rhodamine B,
rhodamine 101, tetramethylrhodamine or rhodamine B with DMEDA
linker, showed differences in their fluorescence behavior under
different pH conditions. While all the rhodamine variants showed
enhanced fluorescence under pH 1 imaging buffer, the fluorescence
of tetramethylrhodamine and synthesized methyl-rhodamine B was
stable across pH 1 to pH 10 imaging buffers. The fluorescence of
the rhodamine variants are dramatically reduced under basic
conditions due to the formation of spirolactam (see text for
reasoning). (b) The panel of images show the fluorescence of
napthofluorescein in the CY5 channel under basic conditions while
maximum fluorescence of rhodamine 101 dye is observed in acidic
conditions. The pH effect on dye fluorescence can be theoretically
leveraged to decouple the dye neighborhood interactions (such as
FRET). The free electrons in the nitrogen atom in the amide bond
formed with the peptide for rhodamine B and rhodamine 101 variants
(see FIG. 39 for examples of the structures) causes spirolactam
ring formation and quenched fluorescence under basic
conditions.
[0101] FIGS. 41A-B show exemplary Edman degradation that can be
used to determine the positional information of the fluorescently
labeled Lysine residues of synthetic peptides using bulk
fluorescence measurements. The scale bar shown is 200 .mu.m.
[0102] FIGS. 42A-B show exemplary model peptides. (a) KDYWEC (SEQ
ID NO: 3) for solution labeling (1) and (b) KDYWE (SEQ ID NO: 4)
immobilized on hydrazine benzoyl resin (2).
[0103] FIG. 43 shows exemplary orthogonal labeling route in
solution-phase. (i)-(ii) labeling of Cysteine and Lysine are done
consecutively in the same vial. (iii) Labeling of N-terminus occurs
with 1-(4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxocyclohexylidene)-3-methylbutyl
diethyl phosphate (Phos-ivDde) formed in sutu (iv) Labeling of
carboxylates were done using three different amines. (v)
Deprotecting N-terminus. (vi) Labeling of Tryptophan.
[0104] FIG. 44 shows exemplary Solid phase labeling of KDYWE (SEQ
ID NO: 4). (i) Labeling for Lysine was done similarly for
immobilized KDYWEC (SEQ ID NO: 3). (ii) Repetitions were performed
to drive reaction to completion. (iii) Labeling of Tryptophan. (iv)
Cleavage with water releases C-terminus as an acid. (v) Cleavage
with amine functionalized C-terminus with an alknvne.
[0105] FIG. 45 shows exemplary peptide KDYWE (SEQ ID NO: 4)
derivatives.
[0106] FIGS. 46A-I show exemplary characterization data showing
successful orthogonal labeling with model peptide KDYWEC (SEQ ID
NO: 3) in solution-phase and KDYWE (SEQ ID NO: 4) in solid-phase.
See, Example V. A) Peptide 3, B) Peptide 4, C) Peptide 5, D)
Peptide 6, E) Peptide 8, F) Peptide 9, G) Peptide 10, H) Peptide 11
and I) Peptide 12.
[0107] FIG. 47 shows embodiments of a fluorescent pH insensitive
(methyl groups on amide Ns) labeling reagent for Cysteine labeling,
Rhodamine B iodoacetamide:
N-(6-(diethylamino)-9-(2-((2-iodo-N-methylacetamido)ethyl)(methyl)carbamo-
yl)phenyl)-3H-xanthen-3-ylidene)-N-ethylethanaminium chloride.
[0108] FIGS. 48A-C show exemplary Cysteine labeling: Model
synthetic peptides containing Cysteine were solution-phase labeled
with Rhodamine B iodoacetamide. A) YKTCYTD (SEQ ID NO: 5), B)
KCGGYCD (SEQ ID NO: 6), and C) GYCKCTD (SEQ ID NO: 7). This
reaction was selective for Cysteine where the Lysine and N-terminus
were boc-protected. Purified peptides were confirmed by high
resolution mass spectrometry.
[0109] FIG. 49 shows embodiments of a model reagent for Tryptophan
labeling: 4-(butylcarbamoyl)-2-nitrophenyl hypochlorothioite can be
used to label Tryptophan containing peptides. The sulfenyl chloride
functional group was synthesized using the procedure from Li,
Z.-S.; Wang, W.-M.; Lu, W.; Niu, C.-W.; Li, Y -H.; Li, Z.-M.; Wang,
J.-G. "Synthesis and biological evaluation of nonsymmetric aromatic
disulfides as novel inhibitors of acetohydroxyacid synthase."
Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2013, 23, 3723-3727.
[0110] FIG. 50 shows exemplary Tryptophan labeling: The labeled
Tryptophan was stable to Edman degradation in solution.
[0111] FIGS. 51A-B show exemplary Lysine labeling: An isothiourea
was synthesized as a model reagent for Lysine labeling. A) Reaction
of the isothiourea with Lysine dihydrochloride proceeded once. B)
Reaction of the isothiourea with peptides proceeds slowly.
[0112] FIGS. 52A-B show an exemplary synthesis of a Tryptophan
labeling reagent as Rhodamine B sulfenyl chloride. A) Synthesis of
a thioether precursor to Rhodamine B sulfenyl chloride. B)
Synthesis of Rhodamine B sulfenyl chloride from the thioether
precursor.
[0113] FIGS. 53A-B show exemplary labeling of a peptide with a
tryptophan labeling with the Rhodamine B sulfenyl chloride as shown
in FIG. 52. Successful labeling is observed in test reactions with
two small peptides, A) Ser-Trp (SW) and B) Ala-Asn-Trp (ANW).
[0114] FIG. 54 shows an exemplary synthesis of rhodamine B variants
for use with labeling an amino acid. Rhodamine B modified with
N,N'-dimethylethylenediamine (first structure) was activated by
Me3Si--NEIS to form an isothiourea variant (second structure), then
reacted in n-Propyl iodide for a third structure, any of these
structures may find use in labeling amono acids and peptides.
[0115] FIG. 55 shows exemplary simulations of ideal experimental
conditions that suggest relatively simple labeling schemes are
sufficient to identify most proteins in the human proteome. Each
curve summarizes the fraction of human proteins uniquely identified
by at least one peptide as a function of the number of sequential
experimental cycles (a paired Edman degradation reaction and TIRF
observation). As used herein, peptides generated by different
proteases (e.g. Glu represents cleavage C-terminal to glutamic acid
residues by GluC, Met represents cleavage after methionine residues
by cyanogen bromide) and under different labeling schemes (e.g.
Lys+Tyr indicates Lys and Tyr selectively labeled with two
distinguishable fluorophores. Asp/Glu indicates both residues are
labeled with identical fluorophores). Peptides are immobilized as
indicated, with Cys representing anchoring by cysteines (thus, only
cysteine-containing peptides are sequenced) and C-term representing
anchoring by C-terminal amino acids. Increasing the number of
distinct label types improves identification up to 80% within only
20 experimental cycles even when only Cys-containing peptides are
sequenced; near total proteome coverage is theoretically achievable
when cyanogen bromide generated peptides are anchored by their
C-termini and labeled by a combination of four different
fluorophores. Cycle numbers denote upper bounds, since each
fluorosequence is not allowed to proceed past the anchoring residue
(cysteine or C-terminus). Note also that the peptide length
distributions change depending on the enzyme used for cleavage,
with median lengths of 26 amino acids for cyanogen bromide, 8 for
GluC and 10 for trypsin digests.
[0116] FIGS. 56A-D shows exemplary typical proteolytic peptides
which have counts of labelable amino acids sufficiently low to
sequence. Frequency histograms of amino acids in in silico
proteolytic peptides for lysine (A), tyrosine (B), tryptophan (C),
and glutamic acid/aspartic acid (D) indicate low median values.
Peptide sequences in A-C were generated in silico from the human
proteome by GluC digestion, and those in D by cyanogen bromide
digestion. Low counts of labelable amino acids per peptide are
expected to increase the ability to discriminate removal of one
fluorophore amongst many on a peptide.
[0117] FIG. 57 shows an exemplary overview of a Monte Carlo
simulation of fluorosequencing with errors. In detail, protein
sequences are read as amino-acid character strings from the UniProt
database. For each protein sequence, the subsequent steps are
repeated: proteolysis was simulated and peptides lacking the
residue for surface attachment (e.g. cysteine) were discarded. All
remaining peptides were encoded as fluorosequences and subsequent
steps were repeated in accordance to the desired sampling depth:
The fluorosequences were altered via random functions modeling
experimental errors--(1) labels were removed modeling failed
fluorophores or failed fluorophore attachment, (2) positions of the
remaining labels were randomly dilated modeling Edman reaction
failures, and (3) fluorophores were shifted upstream from their
positions, modeling photobleaching. Each resulting fluorosequence
was sorted based on its position and label type and merged into a
prefix trie to tally the frequencies of observing each
fluorosequence from a given source protein.
[0118] FIGS. 58A-C show an exemplary simple example of the trie
structure for storing and attributing fluorosequences to peptides
or proteins. Consider a toy peptide mixture with peptide X
(sequence GK*EGC (SEQ ID NO: 9), where K* represents
fluorescently-labeled lysine; the sequence can be simplified to
(K,2)) and peptide Y (GK*GK*EC (SEQ ID NO: 10); represented as
(K,2),(K,4)). Panels (A) and (B) summarize populating the trie with
fluorosequences from 500 copies each of Peptide X and Y,
respectively. For example, peptide X might generate fluorosequence
xK*, incorporated into the trie as a new node (K,2), indicated by
the dashed blue lines and arrows in panel (A). (B) Simulations on
Peptide Y add additional nodes to the trie. For example, the
fluorosequence xK*xK* yields an additional node (K,2),(K,4) after
traversing node (K,2). Additional fluorosequences are incorporated
into the trie in a similar fashion, along with a tally of the
number of observations of each fluorosequence, stored for each trie
node along with the source peptide identities. Following the Monte
Carlo simulation, the frequency of each source protein or peptide
can be calculated for each trie node. To simplify data analysis and
visualization, thresholds can be applied (see Example VIII) to
identify and count those source proteins most confidently
identified by the observed fluorosequences. As shown in FIG. 58C,
fluorosequences ((K,2),(K,5)) and ((K,2),(K,4)) confidently
identify peptide Y, while Peptide X is less confidently identified
by fluorosequences (K,2) or (K,3).
[0119] FIGS. 59A-B shows exemplary Monte Carlo sampling that
reveals the confidence with which fluorosequences can be attributed
to specific source proteins. (A) and (B) represent two example
fluorosequences, illustrating opposite extremes in terms of the
number of proteins capable of yielding each sequence. In (A), the
frequencies with which rival source proteins yield fluorosequence
"xxxxExxKxK" (SEQ ID NO: 11) in the Monte Carlo simulations
indicates low confidence in attributing that fluorosequence to any
one protein. In (B), a single protein is by far the most likely
source of fluorosequence "EEEEExxKxK" (SEQ ID NO: 12). (X-axes
represent incomplete lists of proteins, ordered by the frequencyies
with which they are observed to generate the given fluorosequence
in the simulations.)
[0120] FIG. 60 shows exemplary surface plots illustrate the
consequences of differing rates of Edman efficiency,
photobleaching, and fluorophore failure rates. Each panel
summarizes the consequences of varying rates of photobleaching and
Edman failures for a different fixed fluorophore failure rate,
ranging from 0% to 25%, as calculated after simulating 30
experimental cycles on the complete human proteome at a simulation
depth of 10,000 copies per protein. Photobleaching shows the
strongest negative impact on proteome coverage when compared to
other errors; increasing the number of distinguishable labels
strongly increases proteome coverage. Labeling and immobilization
schemes are denoted as in FIG. 38. For comparison, literature
evidence suggests that common failure rates of fluorophores may be
about 15-20% [18,32], Edman degradation proceeds with about 94%
efficiency [33], and the mean photobleaching lifetime of a typical
Atto680 dye is about 30 minutes [23], corresponding to 1800 Edman
cycles, estimating 1 sec exposure per Edman cycle. Thus, error
rates should sufficiently low for effective fluorosequencing. See
references numbered in Example IX.
[0121] FIG. 61 shows exemplary Boc-Asp-OBzl peptide labeled with
Rhodamine B via HCTU (1H-B enzotriazolium
1-[bis(dimethylamino)methylene]-5chloro-,hexafluorophosphate
(1-),3-oxide) coupling.
[0122] FIG. 62 shows exemplary FMOC-Cys peptide labeled with
Rhodamine B via iodoacetamide handle. This Rhodamine B labeled Cys
peptide was used for synthesizing a peptide. Another example of
using a Rhodamine B labeled Cys used for synthesizing a peptide is
shown in FIG. 64.
[0123] FIGS. 63A-B show exemplary synthesis of a Rhodamine-based
dye containing a Silicon atom replacing the oxygen of the core
structure. A) Si-Rhodamine cores structure as reported in
literature (Lukinavic{hacek over ( )}ius et al. Nature Chemistry 5,
132-139 (2013)). B) Inventive synthetic strategies that involve the
development of a "handle" i.e. via iodoacetamide, attached to core
Si-Rhodamine structure for labeling an amino acid, such as
Cysteine, as in FIG. 64.
[0124] FIGS. 64A-B shows exemplary two-dye labeling of a peptide.
A) Labeling strategy using Rhodamine B and Si-Rhodamine of the
present inventions. B) After HPLC purification, this
high-resolution mass spectometry confirmed that the 12 amino acid
peptide was labeled with 2 different colored dyes.
[0125] FIG. 65 shows exemplary results for Single Molecule Peptide
Sequencing. Two peptide populations differing in the position of
their labeled amino-acid residue were discriminated in a mixture at
single-molecule sensitivity using the single-molecule Edman peptide
sequencing procedure. Peptide-A labeled orange (left bar, left
peptide, lighter color) in the diagram, with sequence (boc)-K*AGAAG
(SEQ ID NO: 13) (*Rhodamine=Tetramethylrhodamine); and Peptide
B-labeled blue (right bar, right peptide, darker color) in the
diagram, with sequence (boc)-GK*[Atto647N]AGAG (SEQ ID NO: 14).
Both peptides were labeled via their Lysines with dyes excitable at
561 nm and 647 nm wavelengths, respectively. Both peptide
populations were immobilized on a glass slide via their carboxyl
terminuses, and the protecting boc groups were removed from their
amino termini.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
[0126] The present invention relates to the field of identifying
proteins and peptides, and more specifically large-scale sequencing
of single peptides in a mixture of diverse peptides at the single
molecule level. The present invention also relates to methods for
identifying amino acids in peptides, including peptides comprising
unnatural amino acids. In one embodiment, the present invention
contemplates labeling the N-terminal amino acid with a first label
and labeling an internal amino acid with a second label. In some
embodiments, the labels are fluorescent labels. In other
embodiments, the internal amino acid is Lysine. In other
embodiments, amino acids in peptides are identified based on the
fluorescent signature for each peptide at the single molecule
level.
[0127] The fluorophore choices that are amenable to Edman
degradation chemistry have an unusual selection criteria, as they
were not selectable based upon structure alone. In fact, there is
no available literature or method for predicting the ideal choice
of fluorophores that could be integrated in the fluorosequencing
technique. Such that empirically screening each fluorophore was the
method used by the inventors in order to identify Edman reaction
stable fluorophores. As described herein, many of the fluorophores
in the rhodamine and Atto classes of dyes were stable to the
solvents of Edman degradation while others in these classes were
not.
[0128] The lack of a method for sequential labeling of amino acids
and development of orthogonal handles (i.e. chemically reactive
labels) to fluorophores represents a unique problem in the field of
protein labeling. In a majority of current uses, one class of amino
acid residues are typically conjugated to a label without the use
of other labeled residues. Attaching linkers to multiple amino acid
residues in the same experiment provides a unique challenge and
thereby a method for solving the problem. One limitation found in
these methods was that low levels of cross reactivity or
non-reactivity between the different linkers may complicate the
interpretation of the fluorescence signal originating from the
peptide molecule.
[0129] During the development of the present invention, solutions
were discovered to overcome the problem of a lack of a known range
of fluorophores resistant to Edman solvents and the ability to
attach them orthogonally to different amino acid classes (i.e.
lysine, cysteine, tryptophan, aspartic acid and/or glutamic acid).
Therefore the methods described herein enable the successful
implementation of the fluorosequencing technology through the
discovery of numerous fluorophores having a range of fluorescence,
and methods for orthogonal labeling of numerous classes of amino
acides.
[0130] Apart from the importance in fluorosequencing, the addition
of labels to proteins or peptides can useful in applications of
mass spectrometry based proteomics in the creation of mass labels.
For example, labels can be redesigned to incorporate different
isotopes and shotgun proteomics involving mass spectrometry can be
used for quantitative studies and better identification (similar to
SILAC but treated on protein mixtures after extraction). Julka S,
Regnier F. Quantification in proteomics through stable isotope
coding: a review. J. Proteome Res. 2004; 3: 350-363; Krusemark C J,
Frey, B L, Smith L M, Belshaw P J, Complete chemical modification
of amine and acid functional groups of peptides and small proteins,
In Gel-Free Proteomics, Methods in Molecular Biology, 753 (Eds:
Gevaert K, Vandekerckhove J) Humana Press, New York, 2011, pp.
77-91.
[0131] The present invention relates to the field of sequencing
proteins and peptides, and more specifically large-scale sequencing
of single peptides in a mixture of diverse peptides at the single
molecule level. In one embodiment, the present application relates
to a method to determine protein sequences (including but not
limited to partial sequences) in a massively parallel fashion
(potentially thousands, and even millions, at a time) wherein
proteins are iteratively labeled and cleaved to produce patterns
reflective of their sequences. The patterns of cleavage (even of
just a portion of the protein) provide sufficient information to
identify a significant fraction of proteins within a known
proteome, i.e. where the sequences of proteins are known in
advance.
I. Protein Sequencing.
[0132] While changes in nucleic acids often underlie disease, these
changes are amplified and are most readily found in proteins, which
are in turn present in compartments (i.e. saliva, blood and urine)
that are accessible without invasive procedures such as biopsies.
Unfortunately, despite advances in high-throughput DNA sequencing,
methods for the large-scale identification and quantitation of
specific proteins in complex mixtures remain unavailable. For
example, a variety of techniques have been examined for identifying
unique tumor biomarkers in serum, including mass spectrometry and
antibody arrays. However, these techniques are hampered by a lack
of sensitivity and by an inability to provide quantitative readouts
that can be interpreted with statistical significance by pattern
analysis. This deficiency underlies many biochemical assays and
molecular diagnostics and represents a critical bottleneck in
biomarker discovery.
[0133] In one embodiment, the single-molecule technologies of the
present application allow the identification and absolute
quantitation of a given peptide or protein in a biological sample.
This advancement is greater than five orders of magnitude more
sensitive than mass spectrometry (the only major competing
technology for identifying proteins in complex mixtures), which
cannot always accurately quantify proteins because of differential
ionization and desorption into the gas phase. Non-limiting example
applications might therefore include single molecule detection of
circulating proteins in humans or animals, leading to the
determination of specific circulating biomarkers for e.g. tumors,
infectious disease, etc.
[0134] The sequential identification of terminal amino acid
residues is the critical step in establishing the amino acid
sequence of a peptide. As noted above, a drawback to Edman
degradation is that the peptides being sequenced cannot have more
than 50 to 60 (more practically fewer than 30) amino acid residues.
Peptide length is typically limited because with each Edman cycle
there is an incomplete cleavage of the peptides, causing the
reaction to lose synchrony across the population of otherwise
identical peptide copies, resulting in the observation of different
amino acids within a single sequencing cycle. This limitation would
however not be applicable to single molecule Edman sequencing such
as the method proposed, because the Edman cycling on each peptide
is monitored independently.
[0135] Amino acids buried within the protein core may not be
accessible to the fluorescent label(s), which may give rise to a
misleading pattern of amino acids. In one embodiment of the present
invention, such derivitization problems may be resolved by
denaturing large proteins or cleaving large proteins or large
peptides into smaller peptides before proceeding with the
reaction.
[0136] It was also noted above that, since Edman degradation
proceeds from the N-terminus of the protein, it will not work if
the N-terminal amino acid has been chemically modified or if it is
concealed within the body of the protein. In some native proteins
the N-terminal residue is buried deep within the tightly folded
molecule and is inaccessible to the labeling reagent. In one
embodiment of the present invention the protein or peptide is
denatured prior to proceeding with the Edman reaction; in such
cases, denaturation of the protein can render it accessible.
[0137] It was also noted that while the standard Edman degradation
protocol monitors the N-terminal amino acid liberated at each
cycle, in one embodiment the present invention monitors the signal
obtained from the remaining peptide.
[0138] It was also noted that unlike the Edman sequencing
traditionally carried out by automated sequenators or sequencers in
which complex mixtures of peptides cannot be analyzed, the current
invention is capable of identifying individual peptides within a
mixture.
II. Fluorescence.
[0139] Fluorosequencing refers to sequencing peptides in a complex
protein sample at the level of single molecules. In one
contemplated embodiment, millions of individual fluorescently
labeled peptides are visualized in parallel, monitoring changing
patterns of fluorescence intensity as N-terminal amino acids are
sequentially removed, and using the resulting fluorescence
signatures (fluorosequences) to uniquely identify individual
peptides. In a more specific embodiment, a fluorosequencing method
of the present inventions is contemplated to selectively label
amino acids on immobilized peptides, followed by successive cycles
of removing the peptide's N-terminal residues (by Edman
degradation) and imaging the corresponding decrease of fluorescent
intensity for individual peptide molecules. The resulting
stair-step patterns of fluorescence decreases will provide
positional information of the select amino acid residues. This
partial pattern is often sufficient to allow unique identification
of the peptide by comparison to a reference proteome. One aspect of
developing this methodology is to selectively conjugate
fluorophores to amino acid residues via the side chain functional
group. Another aspect is choosing fluorophores that are spectrally
distinct from each other in addition to being inert (i.e.
resistant) to the conditions used in Edman degradation chemistry.
Therefore, during the development of the present inventions,
experiments were done for selectively orthogonally labeling amino
acid side chain groups along with experiments for determining which
fluorophores would be useful for both selective labeling and those
that would survive Edman degradation chemistry by remaining bonded
to the selected amino acid or chemistry group and continue to
fluoresce at the expected wavelengths.
[0140] The development of next-generation DNA and RNA sequencing
methods has transformed biology, with current platforms generating
>1 billion sequencing reads per run. Unfortunately, no method of
similar scale and throughput exists to identify and quantify
specific proteins in complex mixtures, representing a critical
bottleneck in many biochemical and molecular diagnostic assays.
What is needed is a massively parallel method, akin to next-gen DNA
sequencing, for identifying and quantifying peptides or proteins in
a sample. In principle, single-molecule peptide sequencing is
contemplated to achieve this goal, allowing billions of distinct
peptides to be sequenced in parallel and thereby identifying
proteins composing the sample and digitally quantifying them by
direct counting of peptides. As described herein, theoretical
considerations of single molecule peptide sequencing are accessed
which indicate a possible experimental strategy. Using computer
simulations, the strategies are characterized for their potential
utility and unusual properties for application to future proteomics
technology.
[0141] Embodiments of fluorosequencing strategy as described
herein, are methods of identifying peptides based on the position
of its fluorescently labeled amino acid. This can be achieved by
detecting the decrease in the peptide's fluorescence intensity
(coinciding with the position of labeled amino acid) through the
amino acid cleavage steps of Edman degradation chemistry. The
development of this technique includes testing for Edman solvent
resistant fluorophores, testing for target side chain or end
specific reagents, and determining which reaction steps and/or
order of these steps is successful, in addition to some
optimization of underlying chemistry procedures for labeling
peptides.
[0142] Some of these procedures include (a) immobilization of
fluorescent peptides on solid supports and (b) performing Edman
chemistry to cleave one amino acid at a time from its N-terminus.
While Edman degradation on immobilized peptides was developed
extensively on solid support [75,87,117], the use of fluorescently
labeled peptides and detecting their fluorescence on solid support
as described herein or in solution provides a unique set of new
challenges for successful methods of sequencing peptides.
[0143] Thus in one embodiment, the first labels utilized in the
methods described above is a fluorescent label. In another
embodiment, the first and second labels utilized in the methods
described above are both fluorescent labels. In the life sciences
fluorescence is generally employed as a non-destructive means to
track and/or analyze biological molecules since relatively few
cellular components are naturally fluorescent (i.e. intrinsic or
autofluorescence). Important characteristics of fluorescent
peptides are high sensitivity and non-radioactive detection.
Fluorescent peptides have been widely used in fluorescence
fluorimetry, fluorescence microscopy, fluorescence polarization
spectroscopy, time-resolved fluorescence and fluorescence resonance
energy transfer (FRET). In general, the preferred fluorescent
labels should have high fluorescence quantum yields and retain the
biological activities of the unlabeled biomolecules. In one
embodiment, a protein can be "labeled" with an extrinsic
fluorophore (i.e. fluorescent dye), which can be a small molecule,
protein or quantum dot (see FIG. 16). The fluorescent dye may be
attached to a peptide at a specific point through a covalent bond,
which is stable and not destructive under most physiological
conditions. In some embodiments, a functional linker is introduced
between the dye and peptide to minimize the alteration of peptide
biological activity. Peptide labeling requires attaching the dye at
a defined position in the peptide (i.e. N-terminus, C-terminus, or
in the middle of sequence). Examples of such embodiments are
provided herein.
[0144] A. Use of Tentagel.RTM. Beads as a Solid Substrate for
Peptide Immobilization.
[0145] During the development of the present inventions the Edman
degradation process was tested on bulk fluorescently labeled
peptide attached to beads for indicating success of the method's
chemistry steps for fluorosequencing. Given the diversity of
functional groups on commercially available beads, Tentagel.RTM.
beads were chosen as the platform for immobilizing fluorophores or
peptides, optimizing the chemistry and by image acquisition and
processing, quantitate the fluorescent peptide density (see FIG. 35
for a schematic of an exemplary method). Among the number of other
commercially available beads such as controlled pore glass,
magnetic beads, polystyrene beads etc., Tentagel.RTM. beads have a
set of advantages for this study due to their compressibility
(suitable for imaging by sandwiching them between glass slides),
high peripheral density of functional groups (enables quantitation
of bound peptides and discriminating the non-specifically attached
peptides) [133] and availability as micron sized beads
(facilitating imaging and ability to be retained in many fritted
syringes).
[0146] Thus several types of tests were done using peptides or
fluorophore attached to Tentagel.RTM. beads during the development
of the present inventions: primarily amine functionalized
Tentagel.RTM. beads were tested as described herein to shortlist
the fluorophore choices contemplated to be successful for
performing fluorosequencing; establishing a scheme for immobilizing
peptides to the bead via their carboxyl termini and optimizing the
Edman degradation procedure to provide information and data for
discriminating multiple peptides. In one embodiment, a fluorophore
was immobilized on a bead for testing resistance to Edman solvents
of said fluorophore. In one embodiment, a peptide comprising Lysine
attached to a fluorophore was immobilized on a bead for testing
resistance to Edman solvents. In one embodiment, testing was based
on the position of certain fluorescently labeled Lysine residues in
a peptide.
[0147] 1. A Small Set of Fluorophores was Found Suitable for Use
with Edman Solvents and Fluorophore Labeled Tentagel.RTM.
Beads.
[0148] Since the principle of fluorosequencing involves measuring
the decrease in fluorescent intensity due to Edman degradation the
fluorescence property of the fluorophores used should not affected
by incubation with solvents used in the chemistry (namely
Trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) and pyridine). Such that, a decrease in
fluorescent intensity should not be significantly altered by
factors, such as the solvents, bleaching, nonspecific binding of
(or detachment of) fluorophores (dyes).
[0149] Despite the long history of the studies on synthesis of
fluorophores, it is not evident whether subjecting the fluorophores
(especially some of the commercially available fluorophores such as
Atto647N, Alexa680 etc. with their superior quantum yields and
publicly unavailable structures) to Edman conditions will alter
their inherent photo-physical properties. Although there is
precedence for the use of some fluorophores such as fluorescein
isothiocyanate (FITC), 4-N,N-dimethylaminoazobenzene
4'-isothiocyanate (DABITC) etc. [129] as Edman reagents, there is
no generalizable structural patterns that can be applied to
shortlist fluorophores (i.e. develop a list of Edman resistant
labels) for successful use in labeling for stable Edman degradation
sequencing. Thus, empirically testing the fluorophores for their
stability was a necessary and experimentally feasible route to
narrow down the list of ideal fluorophores for the fluorosequencing
technique, i.e. shortlisting for testing for use in the present
inventions.
[0150] While Edman degradation was optimized to work with the
different amino acid side chains and even glycosylated side chains
[132] with relatively high efficiency of >90% [128], testing was
necessary to determine whether the presence of bulky and charged
fluorophore on the amino acid side chains hinder the reaction.
Performing Edman degradation on synthetic peptides with known
position of the fluorophores was contemplated for use to determine
the efficiency of cleavage of the fluorescently labeled amino
acid.
[0151] The single molecule peptide sequencing method described
herein involves, in one embodiment, measurement of fluorescent
intensity after several cycles of Edman degradation chemistry. Some
dyes show good stability in the face of the organic conditions and
solvents used. Others do not. In one embodiment, the method
involves exposing the peptide (with the fluorophores covalently
attached to the side chain) to an incubation in
Pyridine/Phenylisothiocyanate (PITC) (9:1 vv) and Trifluoroacetic
acid (TFA). While the fluorescence of certain classes of
fluorophores are affected by these solvents, a number of
fluorophores are relatively stable over the incubation time.
Indeed, certain fluorophores like Alexafluor555, Rhodamine-NHS and
Atto647N, are inert to these solvents. The structures of these
dyes, which have been shown to be very stable to these conditions,
Rhodamine, Alexafluor555 and Atto647N are provided in FIG. 17. In
another embodiment, a fluorophore was immobilized by an amide
linkage to the surface of a bead, i.e. Tentagel bead, for testing
resistance to Edman solvents of said fluorophore.
[0152] Fluorophores, immobilized on Tentagel beads, were tested for
changes in their fluorescence properties under prolonged 24-hour
incubation at 40.degree. C. with 9:1 v/v pyridine/PITC (reagent
used for coupling reaction) and neat trifluoroacetic acid (reagent
used for cleavage reaction) separately. Stability under these
extreme conditions ascertains usefulness in shorter experimental
cycles. The test on a palette of different classes of commercially
available dyes spanning four excitation and emission filter spectra
indicated that only a small number of fluorophores were suitable
for the study. The fluorescence stability of the dyes after 24 h
TFA and PITC/pyridine incubation shortlisted six fluorophores that
showed <40% change in fluorescence (see FIG. 36a).
[0153] Among the narrowed set of fluorophores in the red and
far-red fluorescence channels which showed a stable fluorescence
after exposure to Edman solvents were Alexa Fluor 405, Rhodamine B,
tetramethyl rhodamine, Alexa Fluor 555, Atto647N and
(5)6-napthofluorescein, FIG. 36a. Dyes with rigid core structures
such as rhodamine dyes (tetramethyl rhodamine, Alexa Fluor 555),
atto dyes (Atto647N) (also shown in FIG. 36b), and the like, were
used for further studies as described herein. Due to the commercial
availability of cheap dyes and a long history on the study of
rhodamine dyes and their functionalization, further studies
involved rhodamine dyes. In one preferred embodiment,
tetramethylrhodamine is used as a label.
[0154] In one embodiment, a peptide comprises Lysine, wherein said
Lysine is labeled with tetramethylrhodamine. In one embodiment, a
peptide comprises Lysine labeled with tetramethylrhodamine. In one
embodiment, a peptide comprises Lysine labeled with
tetramethylrhodamine attached to a solid support. In one
embodiment, a peptide comprises Lysine labeled with
tetramethylrhodamine attached to a Tentagel.RTM. bead. In one
embodiment, a peptide comprises Lysine labeled with
tetramethylrhodamine attached by its C-terminus to a Tentagel bead.
In other embodiments, a peptide comprises Lysine, wherein Lysine is
labeled with methyl-rhodamineB. In other embodiments, a peptide
comprises Lysine, wherein Lysine is labeled with rhodamineB having
a DMEDA linker, such that N,N'-dimethylethylenediamine (DMEDA) is a
linker between the rhodamineB fluorophore and the aspartic acid
side chain of lysine. In other embodiments, a peptide comprises
Lysine, wherein Lysine is labeled with rhodamine 101. In other
embodiments, a peptide comprises Lysine, wherein Lysine is labeled
with silicon-rhodamine (SiR):Si rhodamine B.
[0155] Since the fluorescence imaging was performed at neutral pH,
it is likely that the fluorescence properties of some of the
chemically unstable fluorophores can be modified if the right
protonation state is induced. Some dyes like Hilyte-488 and
BODIPY-FL showed shifts in their fluorescence spectra after their
incubation under acidic conditions and were incapable of reverting
back to its original fluorescence profile after solvent washes and
incubation with pH 7 buffer (see FIG. 36b for BODIPY-FL
example).
[0156] While most of the dyes exhibited binding at the periphery,
some fluorophores seemed to have high internal binding. Given the
highly branched nature of the polystyrene bead matrix and the
grafted polyethylene glycol layer, it is possible that the internal
fluorescence represents non-specific binding of the dyes to
hydrophobic pockets. Many fluorophores, which were added in large
excess, could possess different extents of non-specific binding
despite the repeated washes with solvents.
[0157] The reasons for the chemical instability of certain
fluorophores are unclear and broad generalizations cannot be made
based on core structure alone. Many commercially available
fluorophores such as Hilyte647 (Anaspec, Calif., USA) are packaged
and sold with TFA salts and yet surprisingly were not found to be
acid stable under prolonged incubation. However, some empirical
reasoning can explain the lack of stability of some fluorophores
containing linear unsaturated bonds (polyenes), such as those found
in cyanine or some BODIPY and Alexa Fluor dyes under prolonged TFA
incubation. Thus it was contemplated that the protonation of
unsaturated bonds under acidic conditions, inducing a cis-trans
isomerization reaction, thereby changing the underlying electronics
of the fluorescence structure of the dyes [134].
[0158] 2. Fluorescence of Rhodamine Dyes is pH Dependent.
[0159] The fluorescence from rhodamine dyes has been known to be pH
dependent [136] requiring efforts to determine the most suitable
imaging buffer. The investigation of pH dependence on the
fluorescence properties of four different rhodamine labeled
peptides (see FIG. 39 for structure and positional nomenclature for
rhodamine dyes and the peptides), indicated an environmentally
induced variation in their behavior.
[0160] The acidic environment of the imaging buffer (pH 1.0) caused
the highest fluorescence of the rhodamine labeled peptides (FIG.
40a). However the pH effect was most profound in the case of
peptides labeled with rhodamine B (peptide A) and rhodamine 101
(peptide B). This effect did not seem to occur for the case of
tetramethylrhodamine labeled peptide (peptide C). The peptides A
and B showed pH dependent fluorescence because the amide nitrogen
foound at the 3' position is closer to the carbon position at 9 (or
1') and results in a 5 membered ring formation. This spirolactam
ring is known to quench fluorescence and occurs at a pH higher than
3.1 [137]. This spirolactam formation does not occur for
tetramethylrhodamine since the succinate ester is present at the
5'-6' position is not accessible to the central ring. The
spironolactone formation, involving a ring formation with the
carboxylate oxygen (at 3' position) can potentially quench
fluorescence but requires a strong base such as piperidine. To test
the hypothesis and prevent spirolactam formation in rhodamine B, an
N, N'-dimethylethylenediamine (DMEDA) linker between the rhodamine
B fluorophore and the aspartic acid side chain of the peptide was
made resulting in the methylated amine at the 3' position
(Rhodamine B-DMEDA or mRhodamine B). This prevented ring closure of
the rhodamine B variant and was demonstrated by the independence of
its fluorescence intensity with different pH imaging buffers.
[0161] By exploiting the fluorescence dependence on pH for the
different fluorophores, the fluorescence from a dye based on its pH
and emission spectra is contemplated for use in the methods of the
present inventions. While the highest fluorescence of rhodamine B
dye was observed in pH 1 buffer in the TRITC filter channel, the
5,6-carboxynaphthofluorescein had its highest intensity in the pH
10 buffer in the Cy5 filter channel (FIG. 40b).
[0162] This information is contemplated for use in a novel method
of isolating two neighboring fluorophores from transferring
resonance energy and thus preventing quenching or FRET (Forester
Resonance Energy transfer) behavior [37]. In one embodiment
rhodamine dyes such as the ones used here would be used for this
method. In one embodiment rhodamine dyes such as the ones used here
would be used with other dyes, such as
5,6-carboxynaphthofluorescein, having separate emissions depending
upon the pH of the imaging buffer and/or emission spectra.
[0163] 3. The Amide Bond Formed Between Succinate Ester and Amine
Coated Beads is Specific and Occurs at the Bead Periphery.
[0164] In addition, it is important that the chemistry linking the
dye is also stable. For example, there is good stability of the
amide linkage (between the succinidimyl ester group of the dye with
the amine group of a bead) and thioether linkage (between the
maleimide group of the dye with the thiol group of a bead) after
TFA and Pyridine/PITC incubations.
[0165] a. Amide Linkage.
[0166] The set of fluorophores discovered herein stable to the
Edman solvents also highlights the fact that the amide bond formed
between the succinimidyl (succinate) ester of the fluorophores and
the free amines on the Tentagel bead was chemically inert to the
harsh Edman conditions used in the experiment. The specificity of
this amide bond formation was tested by comparing it with control
experiments involving a carboxyl or a hydrazide functional group on
Alexa Fluor 555 dye with the amine coated Tentagel beads (see FIG.
37). Internal binding of the dye was observed in these control
experiments, while a clear peripheral binding was observed with the
succinimidyl ester variant of the Alexa Fluor 555. The radial
profile (shown in the image inset) elucidates the image processing
methodology where covalently bound fluorophores are clustered in
the periphery of the beads while non-specifically adsorbed
fluorophores are trapped within the beads.
[0167] However, the isothiocyanate derivative of the
tetramethylrhodamine dye did not show specificity for an amide
linkage on the surface of the Tentagel beads.
[0168] b. Thioether Linkage.
[0169] However, even though a thiol-maleimide group linkage to some
dyes might be stable to Edman solvents under certain circumstances,
in this experiment there were indications of differences between
types of linkages at the labeling steps when using Tentagel.RTM.
beads, as described herein.
[0170] For one example, a thioether linkage between a maleimide
variant of Alexa Fluor555 and thio treated Tentagel.RTM. beads
showed no specific labeling of the bead, FIG. 37, unlike the
succinidimyl ester linkage of Alexa Fluor555 to an amine coated
Tentagel.RTM. bead.
[0171] It was contemplated that the failure of the amide linkage of
tetramethylrhodamine isothiocyanate and the thioether linkage of
the Alexa Fluor555 maleimide might have been due to the poor
loading of the fluorophore.
[0172] B) N-Terminal Labeling.
[0173] Amine-reactive fluorescent probes are widely used to modify
peptides at the N-terminal or Lysine residue. A number of
fluorescent amino-reactive dyes have been developed to label
various peptides, and the resultant conjugates are widely used in
biological applications. Three major classes of amine-reactive
fluorescent reagents are currently used to label peptides:
succinimidyl esters (SE), isothiocyanates and sulfonyl chlorides.
Fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC) is one of the most popular
fluorescent labeling dyes and is predominantly used for preparing a
variety of fluorescent bioconjugates; however, its low conjugation
efficiency and short shelf lifetime of FITC conjugates remain
troublesome for some biological applications.
[0174] 1) Fluorescent Dye Carboxylic Acids.
[0175] Succinimidyl esters (SE) are extremely reliable for amine
modifications because the amide bonds that are formed are
essentially identical to, and as stable as, the natural peptide
bonds. These reagents are generally stable and show good reactivity
and selectivity with aliphatic amines. For the most part, reactive
dyes are hydrophobic molecules and should be dissolved in anhydrous
dimethylformamide (DMF) or dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO). The labeling
reactions of amines with succinimidyl esters are strongly pH
dependent. Amine-reactive reagents react with non-protonated
aliphatic amine groups, including the terminal amines of proteins
and the e-amino groups of Lysines. Thus amine acylation reactions
are usually carried out above pH 7.5. Protein modifications by
succinimidyl esters can typically be done at pH 7.5-8.5, whereas
isothiocyanates may require a pH 9.0-10.0 for optimal conjugations.
Buffers that contain free amines such as Tris and glycine and thiol
compounds must be avoided when using an amine-reactive reagent.
Ammonium salts (such as ammonium sulfate and ammonium acetate) that
are widely used for protein precipitation must also be removed
(such as via dialysis) before performing dye conjugations. Most
conjugations are done at room temperature. However, either elevated
or reduced temperature may be required for a particular labeling
reaction.
[0176] 2) Fluorescent Dye Sulfonyl Chlorides.
[0177] Sulfonyl chlorides are highly reactive and are unstable in
water, especially at the higher pH required for reaction with
aliphatic amines. Molecular modifications by sulfonyl chlorides
should be performed at low temperature. Sulfonyl chlorides can also
react with phenols (including tyrosine), aliphatic alcohols
(including polysaccharides), thiols (such as Cysteine) and
imidazoles (such as histidine), but these reactions are not common
in proteins or in aqueous solution. SC dyes are generally
hydrophobic molecules and should be dissolved in anhydrous
dimethylformamide (DMF). Sulfonyl chlorides are unstable in
dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) and should never be used in this solvent.
The labeling reactions of amines with SC reagents are strongly pH
dependent. SC reagents react with non-protonated amine groups. On
the other hand, the sulfonylation reagents tend to hydrolyze in the
presence of water, with the rate increasing as the pH increases.
Thus sulfonylation-based conjugations may require a pH 9.0-10.0 for
optimal conjugations. In general, sulfonylation-based conjugations
have much lower yields than the succinimidyl ester-based
conjugations. Buffers that contain free amines such as Tris and
glycine must be avoided when using an amine-reactive reagent.
Ammonium sulfate and ammonium must be removed before performing dye
conjugations. High concentrations of nucleophilic thiol compounds
should also be avoided because they may react with the labeling
reagent to form unstable intermediates that could destroy the
reactive dye. Most SC conjugations are performed at room
temperature, however reduced temperature may be required for a
particular SC labeling reaction.
[0178] 3) Fluorescent Dye Isothiocyanates.
[0179] Isothiocyanates form thioureas upon reaction with amines.
Some thiourea products (in particular, the conjugates from a-amino
acids/peptides/proteins) are much less stable than the conjugates
that are prepared from the corresponding succinimidyl esters. It
has been reported that antibody conjugates prepared from
fluorescein isothiocyanates deteriorate over time. For the most
part, reactive dyes are hydrophobic molecules and should be
dissolved in anhydrous dimethylformamide (DMF) or dimethylsulfoxide
(DMSO). 2). The labeling reactions of amines with isothiocyanates
are strongly pH dependent. Isothiocyanate reagents react with
nonprotonated aliphatic amine groups, including the terminal amines
of proteins and the e-amino groups of Lysines. Protein
modifications by isothiocyanates may require a pH 9.0-10.0 for
optimal conjugations. Buffers that contain free amines such as Tris
and glycine must be avoided when using an amine-reactive reagent.
Ammonium salts (such as ammonium sulfate and ammonium acetate) that
are widely used for protein precipitation must also be removed
before performing dye conjugations. High concentrations of
nucleophilic thiol compounds should also be avoided because they
may react with the labeling reagent to form unstable intermediates
that could destroy the reactive dye. Isothiocyanate conjugations
are usually done at room temperature; however, either elevated or
reduced temperature may be required for a particular labeling
reaction.
[0180] 4) Cyanine Dyes.
[0181] Cyanine dyes exhibit large molar absorptivities
(150,000-250,000M-1cm-1) and moderate quantum yields resulting in
extremely bright fluorescence signals. Depending on the structure,
they cover the spectrum from infrared (IR) to ultraviolet (UV).
Cyanines have many uses as fluorescent dyes, particularly in
biomedical imaging, laser technology and analytical chemistry. Cy3
and Cy5 are reactive water-soluble fluorescent dyes of the cyanine
dye family. Cy3 dyes fluoresce in the green-yellow spectrum
(.about.550 nm excitation, .about.570 nm emission), while Cy5 dyes
fluoresce in the far red spectrum (.about.650 nm excitation, 670 nm
emission) but absorb in the orange spectrum (.about.649 nm). The
chemical structure of both Cy3 and Cy5 is provided in FIG. 8. A
detailed synthesis scheme for producing isothiocyanate derivatives
of these dyes is also provided (FIG. 9). In one embodiment, Cy3 and
Cy5 are synthesized with reactive groups on either one or both of
their nitrogen side chains so that they can be chemically linked to
either nucleic acids or protein molecules. In one embodiment, this
facilitates visualization and/or quantification of the labeled
molecule(s). A wide variety of biological applications employ Cy3
and Cy5 dyes, including for example, comparative genomic
hybridization and in gene chips, label proteins and nucleic acid
for various studies including proteomics and RNA localization.
[0182] To avoid contamination due to background fluorescence
scanners typically use different laser emission wavelengths
(typically 532 nm and 635 nm) and filter wavelengths (550-600 nm
and 655-695 nm), thereby providing the ability to distinguish
between two samples when one sample has been labeled with Cy3 and
the other labeled with Cy5. Scanners are also able to quantify the
amount of Cy3 and Cy5 labeling in either sample. In some
embodiments, Cy3 and Cy5 are used in proteomics experiments so that
samples from two sources can be mixed and run together thorough the
separation process. This eliminates variations due to differing
experimental conditions that are inevitable if the samples were run
separately.
[0183] C) C-Terminal and Carboxylic Acid Attachment of
Peptides.
[0184] Among the different immobilization schemes investigated, the
knowledge of the stability of the amide bond between the succinate
ester and amine surface was used to optimize a crosslinking
procedure to immobilize peptides to the amine surface via their
carboxyl (C--) termini [135]. Many solid phase Edman reactions have
employed the use of EDC chemistry to immobilize peptides onto resin
supports [85]. By performing EDC chemistry on amine coated glass
beads and Tentagel beads, an exemplary scheme was developed for
covalently immobilizing peptides on the solid supports. It is
contemplated that the N-terminal amine group of the fluorescently
labeled peptide is protected by either boc or fmoc protecting group
to prevent the formation of the peptide concatemers. When the
amines on the peptide are not protected, then amide bond formation
would occur between the carboxyl and the free amine group of
peptides in the presence of EDC. Thus, in one embodiment, peptides
are covalently immobilized by their carboxyl (C) terminal
functional group. As one example, peptides are covalently
immobilized to Tentagel-NH2 beads via their C-terminal carboxyl
group and blocked by fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (fmoc) at their
N-terminal amines.
[0185] In some embodiments, peptides are immobilized via carboxylic
acid groups, including glutamic acid. In some embodiments, peptides
are immobilized via carboxylic acid groups, aspartic acid. In some
embodiments, peptides are immobilized via carboxylic acid groups
and aspartic acid. In other embodiments, peptides are immobilized
via carboxylic acid groups, including the C-terminus, glutamic acid
and aspartic acid. In other embodiments, peptides are immobilized
via carboxylic acid groups, including the C-terminus and glutamic
acid. In other embodiments, peptides are immobilized via carboxylic
acid groups, including the C-terminus and aspartic acid.
[0186] 1. Amide Bond Stability with Fluorophores.
[0187] It was observed herein, that the fluorescence intensity of
these immobilized peptides on Tentagel beads was unchanged with
24-hour incubation with the Edman solvents (see FIG. 38a). Owing to
the probable presence of hydrophobic pockets between the polymer
matrices in Tentagel beads, which may give rise to false
interpretation of binding, the EDC test was also done on
aminosilane coated glass beads (FIG. 38b). Under conditions
prohibiting amide bond formation, there was little to no binding on
the glass beads. Thus was demonstrated a strategy to immobilize
peptides covalently on amine surface and show the stability of the
bonds and surface to incubations with Edman solvents.
[0188] 2. Edman Degradation Occurs at High Efficiency on
Tentagel.RTM. Beads.
[0189] After determining the stability of the fluorophore and the
amide bond between the peptide's carboxyl and the surface's amine
groups, the efficiency of Edman chemistry was tested on three
different peptides differing in the position of its fluorescently
labeled Lysine residue. Four cycles of Edman degradation were
performed in parallel on the three peptides with the
sequences--(fmoc)-K*A, (fmoc)-GK*A and (fmoc)-K*AK*A (SEQ ID NO:
15) (K* represents the Lysine labeled with tetramethylrhodamine at
its E position). The peptides were immobilized on Tentagel beads
via their C-termini and the fmoc protecting group at their
N-termini was removed by incubation with 20% Piperidine in DMF for
1 hour prior to Edman degradation. To control for any false
enhancements or decreases in fluorescence of beads due to effect of
solvents and not the Edman chemistry, the "Mock" degradation scheme
of solvent incubation and washes were used. A "Mock" Edman cycle is
similar to a regular Edman cycle, but without the reactive
phenylisothiocyanate reagent in the coupling solvent. The
fluorescence profile of the beads through the Mock and Edman
degradation cycles shows a statistically significant step drop
coinciding with the position of the labeled Lysine. As shown in
FIG. 41, Edman degradation was performed on three rhodamine labeled
synthetic peptides (KA, GKA and KAKA (SEQ ID NO:
[0190] 15)) immobilized to Tentagel-NH2 beads via their C-terminal
carboxyl group and blocked by fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (fmoc) at
their N-terminal amines. After deblocking the peptide, the step
decrease in fluorescence intensity (in the TRITC channel) for each
peptide coincided with the position of the labeled Lysine as shown
in the bar chart (a). Any loss of fluorescence occurring due to the
use of solvents is controlled by the mock experimental cycle. A
60-70% decrease in the overall intensity after the Edman cycles is
observed for all the beads. The panel of images (with the radial
profile in the inset) are representative fluorescent images of the
beads for each of the peptide used across all the experimental
cycles. They provide a visual illustration of the decrease in the
fluorescence of the beads that coincides with the position of the
labeled Lysine residue. The fluorescent bead images are acquired in
the TRITC channel (see methods for filter setup used) at an
acquisition of 20 milliseconds under pH 1 imaging buffer.
[0191] Thus by tracking the fluorescence intensity decrease with
Edman cycle, the positional information of Lysine residues was
obtained in the three peptides. The determination of this
positional information is the basis for fluorosequencing.
[0192] Thus, a protocol used for Edman degradation was adapted and
optimized from similar solid phase chemistry [70,78] and showed
efficiency of cleavage ranging from 60-90%. Since Tentagel beads
are heavily PEGylated (comprising of polyethylene glycol (PEG)
polymers), a number of sites are contemplated as available for
strong non-specific binding of the hydrophobic peptides. Due to the
accumulation of functional groups and thereby covalent peptide
binding at the periphery of the bead the true fluorescence
intensity of the peptides on the bead was calculated in the area
under its radial profile. Due to the unambiguous occurrence of a
two-step drop in fluorescence intensity at Edman cycle 2 and 4 for
the doubly labeled peptide (fmoc)-K*AK*A (SEQ ID NO: 15) or the
presence of a single step drop at Edman cycle 2 for the case of
(fmoc)-GK*A, Edman efficiency was estimated to be largely greater
than 50%, at least in the preceding steps. A lower efficiency would
result in a decay of fluorescence with Edman cycles as opposed to a
stepwise drop. The high efficiency of Edman degradation on these
fluorescently labeled peptide variants demonstrate the practicality
of performing fluorosequencing and Edman degradation on long
fluorescently labeled peptides.
[0193] D) Side Chain Labeling.
[0194] Side chain labeling protocols are used to tag and modify
proteins. Mass-labels are routinely employed to understand
biological processes such as expression, post-translation
modifications, and protein interactions. [1] Missing in these
labeling studies is an orthogonal route integrating these standard
mass-labeling protocols into a sequential fashion. Additionally
missing is the use of modification protocols for labeling amino
acid or reactive groups within a peptide with Edman stable
fluorophores. Thus, a labeling route taking advantage of
corroborated techniques with Edman stable dyes would be a useful
approach for protein/peptide mass spectrometry studies. Further,
devising a generalized orthogonal labeling route is contemplated to
have applications for synthetic peptide design. Additionally,
functionalizing different side chains on the same peptide using
these orthogonal handles can be employed in the synthesis of novel,
unnatural peptides.
[0195] Known techniques for modifying side chains have gained
widespread use with or without subsequent fluorophore labeling. For
example, guanidination kits are commercially available for
targeting Cysteine and Lysine. The Cysteine is labeled with an
iodoacetamide followed in the same-pot by selective labeling of
Lysine using O-methylisourea hemisulfate [2] Acylation and
reductive alkylation are also employed to label both NE-amines and
N-termini. Cross-labeling of Threonine, serine, and tyrosine occur
under acylation and alkylating conditions. [4] Recently, amines
have been modified via reductive methylation preventing
cross-reactivity with alcohol and phenol residues. Once these
amines were modified, the Smith group achieved global labeling of
aspartate and glutamate via amidation with amine-containing
compounds. Furthermore, labeling studies of less abundant side
chains have been explored. Horton, Koshland, and Scoffone
demonstrated labeling of Tryptophan under acidic conditions using
2-hydroxy-5-nitrobenzyl bromide and dinitrophenylsulfenyl chloride
[5-7]. References are shown Example III.
[0196] Protein/peptide modifications relate to the selectivity of
the reagent for an amino acid. [1] Such that global labeling of
amines and carboxylates is contemplated if the appropriate
conditions and a sequence of successful derivatization steps are
discovered and used.
[0197] Similarly, a proper protocol is needed to selectively hit
(i.e. specifically label) target side groups by using
iodoacetamide, guanidination reagents, and tryptophan labeling
reagents. Minimizing cross-reactivity between each step might be
achieved if the nucleophilicity, pK.sub.a of each side chain,
reactivity of labeling reagent, reactions times, and temperature
were considered. Strong nucleophiles like the thiol in Cysteine, or
the amine in Lysine, and the N-terminus can be targeted first.
Selective labeling of cysteine between pH 7-8 is possible, while
labeling of amines is possible at a higher pH. [8]
[0198] Thus in one embodiment, the first fluorophore is attached to
a structure in a group consisting of a thiol in Cysteine, an amine
in Lysine, and an N-terminus, the second fluorophore is attached to
a structure selected from the amino acids having carboxylate side
chains and/or a free C-terminus. In a further embodiment, a third
fluorophore is attached to a Tryptophan. Thus, in one embodiment,
the first fluorophore attached to Cysteine is iodoacetamide. In
another embodiment, the first fluorophore attached to Lysine is
2-methoxy-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazole.
[0199] Since guanidinating reagents are selective for Lysine,
distinguishing between the N.sub..epsilon.-amine and .alpha.-amine
was explored herein. Labeling of the remaining amines is necessary
before subsequent labeling steps. So, a different labeling reagent
is required for labeling the N-termini. Once the most nucleophilic
sites are labeled, the carboxylate side chains would then be
targeted, followed by modification of the Tryptophan. Therefore,
experiments described herein were designed to test this strategy.
References are shown in Example V. Thus in one embodiment, target
side chain labeling and/or end labeling will allow the attachment
of specific fluorophores for fluorosequencing, such as described
herein.
[0200] As described herein, a series of orthogonal labeling steps,
using the steps as described above, for labeling KDYWEC (1 (SEQ ID
NO: 3)) was achieved (FIG. 42). Labeling studies were initially
performed in solution-phase for ease of identification and
purification. Once orthogonal labeling was achieved in solution
phase, labeling studies were transitioned to the solid phase using
model peptide KDYWE (2 (SEQ ID NO: 4)). Examples and references are
shown in section IV below and Examples IV and V.
[0201] Solution-phase labeling of at least five targets in a
peptide is shown in FIG. 43 and described in Examples IV and V.
Thus in one embodiment, Cys is labeled first, Lys is labeled
second, N-terminal labeling third, carboxylates (side chains and
C-terminus) are labeled fourth, followed by Trp. labeling fifth. In
one embodiment, the first label is selected from the group
consisting of iodoacetamide and 2-methylthio-2-imadazoline
hydroiodide (MDI). In one embodiment, the second label is
2-methoxy-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazole. In one embodiment, the third
label is 1-(4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxocyclohexylidene)-3-methylbutyl
diethyl phosphate (Phos-ivDde). In one embodiment, the fourth label
is selected from the group consisting of benzylamine (BA),
3-dimethylaminopropylamine, and isobutylamine. In one embodiment,
the fifth label is 2,4-dinitrobenzenesulfenyl chloride.
[0202] Solid-phase labeling of at least three targets in a peptide
is shown in FIG. 44 and described in IV below and Examples IV and
V. In one embodiment, Lys is labeled first, carboxylates are
labeled second followed by Trp. labeling third. In one embodiment,
the first label is 2-methoxy-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazole. In one
embodiment, the second label is
(7-Azabenzotriazol-1-yloxy)tripyrrolidinophosphonium
hexafluorophosphate (PyAOP). In one embodiment, the third label is
2,4-Dinitrobenzenesulfenyl chloride. In one embodiment, the peptide
is attached to a resin, such as a hydrazinobenzoyl resin.
[0203] The exemplary labels named herein are not meant to limit the
scope of the inventions. Any label that selectively targets an
amino acid side chain or reactive group as described above may be
used in these labeling methods.
III. Single-Molecule Peptide Identification and Quantitation.
[0204] As described herein, the invention provides (1) a method for
developing orthogonal functional fluorophore linkers that
selectively labels a plurality of classes of amino acids and/or
targets on amino acids(lysine, cysteine, carboxylic acid and
tryptophan residues) (2) a method describing the sequence of
labeling conditions, as a series of steps with increasing
nucleophilicity, to selectively target the side chains of amino
acid residues and (c) a screening method and compilation of select
number of fluorophores inert to solvents used in Edman degradation.
Additionally, dyes are chemically modified in order to prevent
effects of pH on their fluorescence.
[0205] The fluorophores along with the sequential chemistry of
orthogonal conjugation to amino acid residues is coentmplated as a
component of the fluorosequencing technology. In turn, the success
of the fluorosequencing technology is contemplated to benefit the
field of proteomics.
[0206] In one embodiment, the present application relates to a
method to determine protein sequences (typically sequence
information for a portion of the protein) in a massively parallel
fashion (thousands, and optimally millions at a time) wherein
proteins (or fragments/portions thereof) are iteratively labeled
and cleaved to produce patterns reflective of their sequences. It
is not intended that the present invention be limited to the
precise order of certain steps. In one embodiment, the proteins (or
peptide fragments thereof) are first labeled and then immobilized,
and subsequently treated under conditions such that amino acids are
cleaved/removed. As one example, a strategy for single-molecule
peptide sequencing is shown schematically in FIG. 5B. Proteins are
extracted and digested into peptides by a sequence-specific
endo-peptidase. All occurrences of particular amino acids are
selectively labeled by fluorescent dyes (e.g., yellow for tyrosine,
green for tryptophan, and blue for lysine residues), and the
peptides are surface immobilized for single-molecule imaging (e.g.
by anchoring via cysteine). The peptides are subjected to cycles of
Edman degradation; in each cycle, a fluorescent Edman reagent (pink
trace) couples to and removes the most N-terminal amino acid. The
step drop of fluorescent intensity indicates when labeled amino
acids are removed, which in combination with the Edman cycle
completion signal, gives the resulting fluorosequence (e.g., "WKKxY
. . . " (SEQ ID NO: 16) i.e. W--K--K-x-Y-x (SEQ ID NO: 2) etc.).
Matching this partial sequence to a reference protein database
identifies the peptide.
[0207] In another embodiment, acquiring information about the
sequences of single proteins involves two related methods (FIG. 8).
Peptides or proteins are first immobilized on a surface (e.g., via
internal Cysteine residues) and then successively labeled, pieces
of the peptides are then cleaved away using either chemical,
photochemical or enzymatic degradation. In either case, the
patterns of cleavage provide sufficient information to identify a
significant fraction of proteins within a known proteome. Given the
extraordinary amount of DNA information that has already been
accumulated via NextGen DNA sequencing, the sequences of many
proteomes are known in advance.
[0208] A) Immobilization and Labeling.
[0209] In one embodiment, peptides or proteins are first
immobilized on a surface (via internal Cysteine residues), and
successively labeled and cleaved away pieces of the peptides based
on either chemical or enzymatic degradation (the two variations on
the common theme). It is not intended that the present invention be
limited to which amino acids are labeled. However, in a preferred
embodiment, the chemical methodology entails labeling the lysyl
residues of a peptide or protein with a single dye ("green" in FIG.
8). The Edman degradation method is then used to successively
cleave amino acid residues away from the amino terminus of the
immobilized peptide. In a preferred embodiment, the present
application contemplates the use of a modified fluorescent
derivative of the Edman reagent in order to successively label each
newly exposed residue on the protein ("red" in FIG. 9). This
successive labeling permits the efficiency of the reaction to be
determined and also "counts" the number of reaction cycles a given
immobilized peptide has undergone. Determining when in the "red"
count there occurs a coincident loss of "green" residues from a
single peptide molecule provides sequence information about that
specific peptide. Sequence information resulting from such analysis
may be of the form X--X--X-Lys-X--X--X--X-Lys-X-Lys (SEQ ID NO: 1)
(for example). In another embodiment, rather than using a
fluorescent second label ("red" in FIG. 5), a non-fluorescent Edman
reagent such as PITC can be employed instead; in this case, the
rounds of Edman cycling are simply counted as they are applied
rather than monitoring each optically using the second label.
[0210] In a preferred embodiment, the carboxylate side chains of
glutamyl/aspartyl residues may be labeled with a third fluorescent
molecule (i.e. third color) to further increase the amount of
sequence information derived from each reaction. Informatic
analyses indicate that performing 20 cycles of Edman degradation in
this method is sufficient to uniquely identify at least one peptide
from each of the majority of proteins from within the human
proteome. For descriptions and Examples, see above Section D, Side
Chain Labeling, Section V, below, Solution-phase and Solid-phase
labeling, and Examples V and VI.
[0211] In a preferred embodiment, the surface coating is engineered
for Edman chemistry and single molecule peptide imaging. The
surface, in one embodiment, is optically transparent across the
visible spectra, has a refractive index between 1.3 and 1.6, a
thickness between 10 to 50 nm, and is chemically resistant to
organic solvents and neat trifluoroacetic acid. A large range of
substrates (like fluoropolymers (Teflon-AF(Dupont), Cytop.RTM.
(Asahi Glass, Japan)), aromatic polymers (polyxylenes
(Parylene,Kisco, Calif.), polystyrene, polymethmethylacrytate) and
metal surfaces (Gold coating)), coating schemes (spin-coating,
dip-coating, electron beam deposition for metals, thermal vapor
deposition and plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition) and
functionalization methodologies (polyallylamine grafting, use of
ammonia gas in PECVD, doping of long chain end-functionalized
fluorous alkanes etc) are all contemplated as approaches to obtain
a useful surface. In one embodiment, a 20 nm thick, optically
transparent fluoropolymer surface made of Cytop can be used. This
surface can be further derivatized with a variety of fluoroalkanes
that will sequester peptides for sequencing and modified targets
for selection. In another embodiment, aminosilane modified surfaces
are employed.
[0212] In other embodiments, peptides are immobilized on the
surface of beads, resins, gels, or combinations thereof, quartz
particles, glass beads, and the like. For examples, peptides are
immobilized on the surface of Tentagel.RTM. beads, Tentagel.RTM.
resins and the like. In some embodiments, the surface is coated
with a polymer, such as polyethylene glycol. In some embodiments,
the surface is amine functionalized. In some embodiments, the
surface is thiol functionalized.
[0213] B) Cleavage.
[0214] In another embodiment, the present application contemplates
labeling proteins prior to immobilization followed by the addition
of a series of proteases that cleave very specifically between
particular amino acid dimers to release the labels. The sequence
information obtained by this method may be in the form of patterns
such as Lys-[Protease site 1]-Lys-[Protease site 2]-Lys (for
example). While it is possible that multiple (or zero) protease
sites may exists between given labels, the presence of multiple (or
zero) protease sites is also information that can be used to
identify a given peptide. As with the Edman degradation reaction,
discussed above, informatic analyses reveal that proteases with
approximately 20 different dimeric specificities are sufficient to
uniquely identify at least one peptide from a substantial fraction
of proteins from within the human proteome. In one embodiment,
proteases with defined specificities may be generated using
directed evolution methods.
[0215] C) Identification.
[0216] A single molecule microscope capable of identifying the
location of individual, immobilized peptides is used to "read" the
number of fluorescent molecules (i.e. dyes) on an individual
peptide in one-dye increments. The level of sensitivity is
comparable to that available on commercial platforms, and should
allow these subtractive approaches to be successful over several
iterations. As indicated previously, the resulting data does not
provide a complete peptide sequence, but rather a pattern of amino
acids (e.g. X--X--X-Lys-X--X--X--X-Lys-X-Lys (SEQ ID NO: 1)) that
can be searched against the known proteome sequences in order to
identify the immobilized peptide. These patterns sometimes match to
multiple peptide sequences in the proteome and thus are not always
sufficiently information-rich to unambiguously identify a peptide,
although by combining information from multiple peptides belonging
to the same protein, the unique identification of proteins could be
substantially higher. The present method relies on the fact that
potentially millions or billions of immobilized peptides may be
sequenced in an analysis (for comparison, current single molecule
Next-Gen DNA sequencing can sequence approx. 1 billion reads per
run), and thus that a very large proportion of these can be
uninformative while still providing sufficient information from the
interpretable fraction of peptide patterns to identify and quantify
proteins unambiguously. See Example IX for a computer simulation
(Monte Carlo) of an embodiment of this method.
[0217] D) Quantitation.
[0218] The ability to perform single molecule, high-throughput
identification of peptides from complex protein mixtures represents
a profound advancement in proteomics. In addition to identifying a
given peptide or protein, in one embodiment the present methods
also permit absolute quantification of the number of individual
peptides from a mixture (i.e. sample) at the single molecule level.
This represents an improvement to mass spectrometry, which is
greater than 5 orders of magnitude less sensitive and which cannot
always accurately quantify proteins because of differential
ionization and desorption into the gas phase.
[0219] E) Biomarkers.
[0220] While other techniques have been used to identify unique
tumor biomarkers in serum, including mass spectrometry and antibody
arrays, these techniques have been greatly hampered by a lack of
sensitivity and by an inability to provide quantitative readouts
that can be interpreted with statistical significance by pattern
analysis. In one embodiment, the present application contemplates
the identification of biomarkers relevant to cancer and infectious
diseases. While changes in nucleic acids often underlie disease,
these changes become typically amplified and are most readily found
in proteins. These aberrant proteins are often present in discrete
locations throughout the body that are accessible without invasive
procedures such as biopsies, including for example, saliva, blood
and urine. In one embodiment, a single molecule detection assay for
circulating proteins may be performed in a particular animal model
of disease (e.g., human proteins from xenografts implanted in mice)
to identify unique biomarkers. In a preferred embodiment, such
assays may provide the foundation for identifying protein patterns
in humans that are indicative of disease. For example, comparing
the protein pattern in serum samples from cancer patients versus
normal individuals.
[0221] Thus, specific compositions and methods of identifying
peptides at the single molecule level have been disclosed. It
should be apparent, however, to those skilled in the art that many
more modifications besides those already described are possible
without departing from the inventive concepts herein. Moreover, in
interpreting the disclosure, all terms should be interpreted in the
broadest possible manner consistent with the context. In
particular, the terms "comprises" and "comprising" should be
interpreted as referring to elements, components, or steps in a
non-exclusive manner, indicating that the referenced elements,
components, or steps may be present, or utilized, or combined with
other elements, components, or steps that are not expressly
referenced.
IV. Single Molecule Sequencing.
[0222] FIG. 4 depicts one embodiment of the single-molecule peptide
sequencing method. Briefly, selective labeling of amino acids on
immobilized peptides followed by successive cycles of labeling and
removal of the peptides' amino-terminal amino acids is capable of
producing patterns sufficiently reflective of their sequences to
allow unique identification of a majority of proteins in the yeast
and human proteomes. FIG. 5 shows the simplest scheme with 2
fluorescent colors (i.e. "fluors" or "labels"), in which fluor 2
(red star) labels the peptide amino termini (N-termini) over
successive cycles of removal of the N-terminal amino acids and
re-labeling of the resulting new N-termini, and fluor 1 (green
star) labels Lysine (K) residues. The immobilization of fluor 2 on
a peptide serves as an indicator that the Edman reaction initiated
successfully; its removal following a solvent change indicates that
the reaction completed successfully. Fluor 2 thus serves as an
internal error check--i.e., indicating for each peptide which Edman
cycles have initiated and completed successfully--and gives a count
of amino acids removed from each peptide, as well as reporting the
locations of all peptides being sequenced. Fluor 1 serves to
indicate when Lysines are removed, which, in combination with the
reporting of each Edman cycle by fluor 2, gives the resulting
sequence profile (e.g. . . . XKX . . . below) that will be used to
identify the peptide by comparison with a database of possible
protein sequences from the organism being sequenced. In another
embodiment, a second fluorescent label is not used; instead, a
non-fluorescent version of the reagent which labels and removes the
amino termini in successive cycles is employed; in this embodiment,
cycles are simply counted, resulting in the same sequence patterns
(e.g. . . . XKX . . . ) as in the above embodiment but without
providing an internal error check for the successful
initiation/completion of each Edman reaction cycle. See Example IX
for a computer simulation (Monte Carlo) of an embodiment of this
method.
[0223] A) Identification of Proteins in Yeast and Human
Proteomes.
[0224] FIG. 6 demonstrates that selective labeling of amino acids
on immobilized peptides followed by successive cycles of labeling
and removal of their amino-terminal amino acids is capable of
producing patterns sufficiently reflective of their sequences to
allow unique identification of a majority of proteins in the yeast
and human proteomes. Plotted curves show results of computer
simulation of successive cleavage of single N-terminal amino acids
from all proteolytic peptides derived from the complete human or
yeast proteome, top and bottom plots respectively. This FIG. 6
depicts the results of various cutting ("Cut") and labeling
("Label") scenarios. For example, "Cut E" indicates that all human
proteins were proteolyzed with the peptidase GluC in order to cut
each protein after glutamate ("E") residues. Similarly, "Label"
simulates the results of initially labeling different subsets of
amino acid residues. For example, "Label K" indicates that only
Lysine ("K") amino acid residues carry a detectable label (e.g. a
fluorescent molecule observable by single molecule fluorescence
microscopy). The sequencing reaction is not allowed to proceed
beyond the Cysteine ("C") residue since they are used to anchor the
peptide sequence. FIG. 5 demonstrates that labeling schemes
employing only two or three amino acid-specific fluorescent labels
can provide patterns capable of uniquely identifying at least one
peptide from a substantial fraction of the human or yeast proteins.
Given that only one peptide is required to identify the presence of
an individual protein in a protein mixture, and further given that
the peptide may be observed repeatedly and the number of
observations counted, FIG. 6 demonstrates that this approach may
both identify and quantify a large proportion of proteins in highly
complex protein mixtures. This capability requires that the genomic
sequence of the organism being analyzed is available to serve as a
reference for the observed amino acid patterns. As indicated above,
the complete human and yeast genomes are available to match against
patterns of amino acid labels (e.g. "XXXKXXXKKXXXTX . . . C . . .
E" (SEQ ID NO: 17)).
[0225] B) Lysine Content.
[0226] FIG. 7 demonstrates that the numbers of Lysines per peptide
are sufficiently low to monitor their count based on fluorescence
intensity. The present method requires the ability to distinguish
(i.e. resolve) different numbers of fluorescent molecules based on
fluorescence intensity; however, resolution naturally decreases as
the number of Lysines in a single peptide increase. For example,
while distinguishing 3 Lysines from 2 Lysines only requires
detecting a 33% decrease in fluorescence intensity, high Lysine
counts would require detecting proportionally smaller changes in
fluorescence intensity (e.g. only 5% for the case of 21 Lysines
versus 20 Lysines). Fortunately, the natural distribution of Lysine
residues in peptides tends to be small (top plot, shown for the
yeast proteome), and therefore within the capacity of current
fluorescent microscopes. The simulations depicted in FIG. 7
demonstrate that limiting sequencing to peptides with no more than
eight Lysines nearly provides coverage for the full set of peptides
in the yeast proteome (bottom plot, shown for the case of labeling
K, cutting at E with GluC, anchoring by C).
V. Two-Color Single-Molecule Peptide Sequencing Reaction.
[0227] Proteins may be analyzed from natural or synthetic sources
collected using standard protocols. For example, proteins may be
isolated from human cells obtained from blood samples, tumor
biopsies or in vitro cell cultures. In one embodiment, the present
invention contemplates a two-color single molecule peptide
sequencing reaction. In other embodiments, protein sequencing
protocols may include more than two fluorescent molecules (e.g.
covalently labeling a third fluorescent molecule with an additional
type of amino acid) to provide greater protein sequence and/or
protein profile information.
[0228] A) Cell Sample Preparation.
[0229] Isolated cells are resuspended in a standard lysis buffer
that includes a reducing agent such as Dithiothreitol (DTT) to
denature proteins and break disulphide linkages and a protease
inhibitor cocktail to prevent further protein degradation. Cells
are lysed by homogenization or other lysis technique and the lysate
centrifuged to obtain soluble cytosolic proteins (supernatant) and
insoluble membrane bound proteins (pellet). Samples may be further
fractionated, e.g. by chromatography, gel electrophoresis, or other
methods to isolate specific protein fractions of interest. The
protein mixtures are denatured in a solution containing, for
example, urea or trifluoroethanol (TFE) and the disulfide bonds are
reduced to free thiol group via the addition of reducing agents
such as tris(2-carboxyethyl)phosphine (TCEP) or DTT.
[0230] B) Protein Digestion, Labeling and Anchoring.
[0231] Protein preparations are then digested by specific
endopeptidases (e.g. GluC), which selectively cleave the peptide
bonds' C-terminal to glutamic acid residue. The resulting peptides
are labeled by a fluorescent Edman reagent (label 1) such as
fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC), rhodamine isothiocyanate or
other synthesized fluorescent isothiocyanate derivative (e.g.,
Cy3-ITC, Cy5-ITC). Considerations in choosing the first fluorescent
Edman reagent (label 1) include 1) good reactivity towards
available amine groups on Lysine residues and the N-terminus, 2)
high quantum yield of the fluorescent signal, 3) reduced tendency
for fluorescent quenching, and 4) stability of the fluorescent
molecule across the required range of pH.
[0232] Labeled peptides are then anchored to an activated glass or
quartz substrate for imaging and analysis. In one embodiment, the
substrate is glass coated with a low density of maleimide, which is
chemically reactive to available sulfydryl groups (SH--) on the
Cysteine residues in a subset of the peptide molecules. In a
preferred embodiment, the substrate is glass coated with a layer of
N-(2-aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyl trimethoxy silane and then
passivated with a layer of methoxy-poly(ethylene glycol) doped with
2-5% maleimide-poly(ethylene glycol), the latter of which is
chemically reactive to available sulfhydryl groups (SH--) on the
cyesteine residues in a subset of the peptide molecules. In this
embodiment only peptides that contain Cysteine residues are
anchored to the solid surface; peptides that do not contain
Cysteine residues are washed away in successive steps. In a
preferred embodiment, peptides are preferably anchored with a
surface density that is low enough to permit the resolution of
single molecules during subsequent microscopy steps. In one
embodiment, the order of the labeling and anchoring steps may be
reversed, for example if required by the coupling--decoupling rate
of the Edman reagent and its ability to produce thioazolinone
N-terminal amino acid derivatives.
[0233] C) Edman Sequencing in a Microscope Flow Cell.
[0234] Following labeling and anchoring of the peptides the
substrate (e.g., glass slide) is introduced into a flow cell in a
fluorescence microscope equipped with total internal reflection
illumination, which reduces background fluorescence. The flow cell
is washed with purified water to clean the surface. Steps 2 and 3
correspond to the Edman coupling steps, which are performed
repeatedly with fluorescence microscopy images collected twice in
each cycle--once after cleavage and once after re-labeling. FIG. 10
is a diagram showing one embodiment of the working principle of a
total internal reflectance fluorescence (TIRF) microscopy setup
that can be used in sequence analysis. Other embodiments of the
microscopy setup include the use of a scanning confocal microscope
for visualizing the single molecules or a dove prism for performing
TIRF. Using a motorized microscope stage with automated focus
control to image multiple stage positions in the flow cell may
allow millions of individual single peptides (or more) to be
sequenced in one experiment (see FIG. 10, FIG. 11, and FIG.
12).
[0235] In the cleavage step trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) is
introduced into the flow cell and incubated to complete the
cleavage reaction. The liberated thiazolinone N-terminal amino acid
derivative and residual TFA is washed away with an organic solvent
such as -ethyl acetate. In a preferred embodiment, other solvents
may be used to ensure that side products produced are effectively
removed. In the re-labeling step the N-terminus of the anchored
peptides is re-labeled with a second Edman fluorescent reagent
(label 2) under mildly basic conditions. Considerations in choosing
the second Edman fluorescent reagent (label 2) include limiting
fluorescence bleedthrough (spectral crossover) with label 1 by
selecting fluorophores having well-separated absorption and
emission spectra such that the fluors can be independently observed
via microscopy, and having an efficient rate of decoupling from the
labeled N-terminal amino acid. In one embodiment, portions of the
emission spectrum of said first label do not overlap with the
emission spectrum of said second label. The cleavage and
re-labeling steps (steps 2 and 3, respectively) are then repeated
in cycles (i.e., treating peptides to the successive rounds of
Edman chemistry, involving TFA wash, vacuum dry, etc.) with
fluorescence microscopy imaging at each step, as described below,
until sufficient data is collected (e.g., 20 or 30 cycles).
[0236] D) Single Molecule Fluorescence Microscopy.
[0237] In one embodiment, a conventional microscope equipped with
total internal reflection illumination and an intensified
charge-couple device (CCD) detector may be used for imaging. (For
an example of such a scope appropriate for single molecule imaging,
see Braslaysky et al., PNAS, 100(7): 3960-4 (2003) [4], (herein
incorporated by reference). Depending on the absorption and
emission spectra of the two fluorescent Edman labels employed,
appropriate filters (for example, a central wavelength of 515 nm
for FITC and 630 nm for a rhodamine-ITC derivative) are used to
record the emission intensity of the two labels. Imaging with a
high sensitivity CCD camera allows the instrument to simultaneously
record the fluorescent intensity of multiple single peptide
molecules distributed across the glass surface. In one embodiment,
image collection is performed using an image splitter that directs
light through two band pass filters (one suitable for each
fluorescent molecule) to be recorded as two side-by-side images on
the CCD surface. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing one embodiment of a
total internal reflectance fluorescence (TIRF) microscopy setup
that can be used in sequence analysis. Using a motorized microscope
stage with automated focus control to image multiple stage
positions in the flow cell may allow millions of individual single
peptides (or more) to be sequenced in one experiment (see FIG. 10,
FIG. 11, and FIG. 12). By way of comparison, current generation
single molecule DNA sequencers (e.g., available from Helicos) can
sequence approximately 1 billion single DNA molecules per
experiment.
[0238] As described above, for each Edman cycle the fluorescence
intensity of label 1 will be recorded after each cleavage step.
After the very first round of removal of label 1 (which corresponds
to removing the labeled N-terminal amino acid), this label will
exclusively label Lysine residues in the immobilized peptides, with
a fluorescence intensity proportional to the count of Lysines in a
given peptide. The loss and uptake of label 2 measured after each
cleavage step and coupling step, respectively, serves as 1) a
counter for the number of amino acid residues removed, and 2) an
internal error control indicating the successful completion of each
round of Edman degradation for each immobilized peptide.
[0239] E) Bioinformatic Analysis.
[0240] Following image processing to filter noise and identify the
location of peptides, as well as to map the locations of the same
peptides across the set of collected images, intensity profiles for
label 1 and label 2 are associated with each peptide as a function
of Edman cycle. The label 1 intensity profile of each error free
peptide sequencing reaction (determined by the cycling of label 2)
is transformed into a binary sequence (e.g., 00010001100) in which
a "1" precedes a drop in fluorescence intensity of label 1 and its
location (i.e. position within the binary sequence) identifies the
number of Edman cycles performed. This sequence, termed the binary
intensity profile, represents a simplified version of the
experimentally derived peptide sequence.
[0241] The method has the ability to identify the location of
peptides as well as the ability to follow these peptides after a
number of steps. FIG. 13 shows one embodiment of labeled Lysines
(amine-reactive dye HiLyte 647) attached by Cysteines to
maleimide-PEG quartz surface. The different pattern of fluorescence
intensity with the different labeled Lysine content is revealed.
The reactive dye used, HiLyte Fluor.TM. 647 succidinimyl ester, is
an amine-reactive fluorescent labeling dye that generates the
conjugates that are slightly red-shifted compared to those of Cy5
dyes, resulting in an optimal match to filters designed for Cy5
dye. Its conjugate may have better performance than Cy5 for
fluorescence polarization-based assays. FIG. 14 shows a comparison
of single fluorescently-labeled peptides and alternate channel
revealing low background fluorescence. When analyzing the peptides,
one can observe the difference in the Edman degradation of the
labeled single peptide molecules between a peptide that contains
one versus two labeled Lysines (see FIG. 15). The fluorescence
signal drops when the labeled Lysine is removed. Only fluorescence
signal is found with labeled Lysines. One can also use quantum dots
as a guide in analysis of large numbers of peptides from by
scanning the microscope and tiling images (see FIG. 16).
[0242] A database of predicted potential proteins for the organism
under investigation is used as a reference database. For example,
in one embodiment the human protein database, compiled from the
UniProt protein sequence database and containing 20,252 translated
protein sequences, may be used as the reference dataset. A list of
potential peptides is generated by simulating the proteolysis,
labeling and anchoring approach used in the experiment. In the
example provided above, this corresponds to cutting by GluC,
labeling of Lysines and anchoring of peptides via Cysteines. Each
unique peptide generated in this simulation may be transformed to
its corresponding binary sequence (e.g. 0001000110), retaining its
mapping to the protein sequence and ID from which it was formed.
This creates a lookup database indexing potential binary sequences
derived from that organism's proteome to unique protein IDs.
[0243] The binary intensity profile of each peptide, as generated
from the single molecule microscopy, is then compared to the
entries in the simulated peptide database (step 3). This provides
the protein ID, if available, from which the peptide is uniquely
derived. Performing this lookup over all measured profiles results
in the identification of the set of proteins composing the complex
protein mixture. Many binary intensity profiles may not have a
unique match in the database. In one embodiment, advanced
bioinformatics analyses could consider the multiplicity of matches
and infer the most likely proteins present. In another embodiment,
a simple approach is to just ignore all of these cases and rely
only upon uniquely matching cases to build evidence for proteins
being present. Quantitation is then accomplished by counting
peptides derived from each protein observed. Since this approach is
intrinsically digital, the count of peptides from each protein
should be proportional to the abundance of the protein in the
mixture. In another embodiment, the efficiencies of the reaction
steps, including the labeling, Edman reagent coupling, and Edman
reagent cleavage reactions can be measured or estimated and then
incorporated in the computational search of the proteome sequences
in order to provide a probabilistic estimate of the identification
of a particular peptide or protein in the database.
[0244] F) Variations.
[0245] Variants to the above protocol are contemplated. In one
embodiment, to improve signal to noise during single molecule
imaging, oxygen- and free radical-scavenging and triple quenching
components are included in the solution (e.g., see Harris et al.,
Science 320, 106 (2008) [5], (herein incorporated by reference). In
another embodiment, the surface of the solid support can be
modified chemically, such as by coating with polyethylene glycol,
in order to suppress nonspecific adsorption to the surface and thus
improve the signal to noise ratio for the fluorescent detection of
peptides. In another embodiment, more than two fluorescent
molecules may be used to label additional amino acids. Such an
approach might involve, for example, covalently labeling Lysines
with a fluorescent Edman reagent prior to sequencing (as described
above) and also covalently labeling amino acids with carboxylate
side chains (e.g., glutamate, aspartate) with a second fluorescent
molecule (chosen for spectral compatibility), then proceeding with
Edman degradation cycles using an Edman reagent labeled with a
third fluorescent molecule. This method would provide more
information-rich sequence profiles for identifying many more
peptides. In another embodiment, an alternate imaging strategy
involves the use of scanning confocal microscopy. In yet another
embodiment, the cleavage/re-labeling steps of the Edman reaction
are replaced with a protocol in which the re-labeling is performed
using the Edman label 2 (as above), but then the cleavage step is
performed using an aminopeptidase enzyme to remove the labeled
amino-terminal amino acid. This would allow all reactions to be
performed in aqueous solvent and simplify the apparatus by
decreasing the need for organic solvents. In this embodiment, the
aminopeptidase would be selected such that it requires and
tolerates the presence of label 2 on the amino-terminal amino acid,
therefore it would likely have to be optimized using in vitro
evolution techniques to be suitable for use in sequencing.
[0246] In yet another embodiment, the successful removal of amino
acids occurs from the carboxy terminus of the peptide, thereby
revealing C-terminal sequences instead of N-terminal sequences. In
a preferred embodiment, this approach employs, for example,
engineered carboxypeptidases or small molecule reagents reacting
analogous to the N-terminal Edman chemistry but operating from the
C-terminus of the peptide.
VI. Exemplary Labeling of Amino Acids with Two Different
Fluorophore Prior to Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis and General
Peptide Synthesis.
[0247] This Example (and in Example VIII) describes the creation
and use of a building block and/or control peptide for use in solid
phase peptide synthesis. Thus in one embodiment, eliminating the
need to create more than one orthogonal dye label. The main
criteria for the building block peptide was that it could be
created in fairy large quantity (2-5 g) for use on the peptide
synthesizer, such large amounts were required to account for the
inefficiency of the solid phase synthesis.
[0248] A. Boc-Asp-OBzl Peptide Labeled with Rhodamine B via HCTU
Coupling. See, FIG. 61.
[0249] In this embodiment of the method, one of either BOC or FMOC
Asp-OBzl was used to generate a building block. The majority of the
synthesis proceeded without purification (other than step 2). This
series of reactions can also be done on 5 g scale. Step 5 (see FIG.
61) is needed in the instance where R=FMOC. In this case, the basic
conditions of step 3 (DIPEA) can de-FMOC the Asp, which needs to be
protected before use on the surface. The use of a BOC protecting
group on the amine makes this synthesis straightforward because
there are no de-protection steps, however, it is labeled under the
same conditions as a Wang resin. On any peptide where a BOC
protecting group is present, it should be the final amino acid
added.
[0250] B. FMOC-Cys Peptide Labeled with Rhodamine B via
Iodoacetamide Handle. See, FIG. 62.
[0251] Fmoc-Cys(Trt)-OH can be easily de protected in one step with
a quantitative yield. The rhodamine B iodoacetamide should be
prepared on a several gram scale. In a reaction solution, combining
the FMOC-Cys with the Rhodamine B iodoacetamide goes to completion
within 6 hours, with very little by-product, requiring no
purification. The FMOC protected amino acid can be placed in any
location along the peptide sequence.
[0252] NHS Activation steps in A. and B., above, are generally
described in Chen et al. Dyes and Pigments 94, 296-303 (2012).
[0253] C. Making a Peptide that is Labeled with Two Different
Dyes.
[0254] In this dye sequencing scheme, two different color dyes are
used to label two different Cys moieties on a peptide. Using a
building block that was synthesized, Cyst-Rhodamine B (See B above,
as shown in FIG. 62) another dye containing an iodoacetamide handle
needs to be synthesized for use as a second label.
[0255] There are literature reports of a rhodamine-based dye
containing a Silicon atom replacing the oxygen of the core
structure of the dye. This atom replacement shifts the wavelength
of emission from .about.550 nm to .about.640 nm, a distance
spectrally resolve enough to limit FRET pairing (A). Synthesis of
the core structure is a literature report procedure
(Lukinavic{hacek over ( )}ius et al. Nature Chemistry 5, 132-139
(2013)).
[0256] The synthetic strategies for using Si-Rhodamine involve the
development of a "handle" attached to and using the core
Si-Rhodamine structure designed during the development of the
present inventions. The method here for labeling Cyst with
Si-Rhodamine is the same as in B) above, for labeling the Cys with
a rhodamine B dye using a iodoacetamide handle. From the 9 linear
steps for producing Si-Rhodamine as a label (see FIG. 63), the
overall yield is 4% with column chromatography purification at the
final step.
[0257] Labeling strategy: In brief, starting with the building
block made in B above, then treating it to solid phase peptide
synthesis to make a peptide having a Cyst amino acid labeled with
Rhodamine B was accomplished. In this case a 12 amino acid peptide
was made having a Cys-Rhodamine B.
[0258] Following the general steps to remove a peptide from a resin
and wash it, this peptide was then reacted, without purification,
with the Si-Rhodamine iodoacetamide as described herein. In
slightly basic conditions, the 2 position Cys was labeled by the
SN2 of the iodine atom. Following HPLC purification, the
high-resolution Mass Spectrometry confirmed that the 12 amino acid
peptide was labeled with 2 different colored dyes. See, FIG.
64.
[0259] D. Exemplary methods for peptide synthesis are described
herein. In brief, peptides in general were synthesized using a
standard automated solid-phase peptide synthesizer, and purified
using high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) or C.sub.18
solid phase extraction. Examples of resins used for solid-based
peptide synthesis include but are not limited to Fmoc-Cys(Trt)-Wang
resin (100-200 mesh), 4-Fmoc-hydrazinobenzoyl resin AM Novagel.TM.,
Tentagel Thiol Resin, and the like. See FIG. 18 as an example.
VII. Solution Phase and Solid-Phase Labeling.
[0260] A sequential and orthogonal scheme of common mass-labeling
reactions, first solution and then solid, was developed as
described herein, for modifying peptides. In particular,
solution-phase labeling orthogonal labeling of side chains in
synthesized peptide KDYWEC (SEQ ID NO: 3) with solid-phase in
synthesized peptide KDYWE (SEQ ID NO: 4) is demonstrated. In other
examples, solution phase labeling is on synthesized model peptides:
peptides containing Cysteine (A) YKTCYTD (SEQ ID NO: 5), B) KCGGYCD
(SEQ ID NO: 6), and C) GYCKCTD (SEQ ID NO: 7)), FIG. 47 and model
peptides containing Lysine (K), and Tryptophan (W) (KCTWGCD (SEQ ID
NO: 18), WGCTKWD (SEQ ID NO: 19)).
[0261] A. Orthogonal Labeling in Solution Phase of the Target Side
Chains in Peptide KDYWEC (SEQ ID NO: 3).
[0262] The majority of the side chains, N-terminus, and C-terminus
were labeled. No additional heating was required to label
N-terminal amine with ivDde when using Phos-ivDde. Thus, in one
embodiment, Cysteine side chains are solution labeled with
iodoacetamide with or without subsequent labeling with
2-methylthio-2-imadazoline hydroiodide (MDI). In one embodiment,
Lysine side chains are solution labeled with
2-methoxy-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazole. In one embodiment, Tryptophan
side chains are solution labeled with 2,4-Dinitrobenzenesulfenyl
chloride (DBSC).
[0263] In one embodiment, carboxylate side chains are solution
labeled with Benzylamine (BA). In one embodiment, carboxylate side
chains are solution labeled with 3-dimethylaminopropylamine
(DMAPA). In one embodiment, carboxylate side chains are solution
labeled with isobutylamine. In one embodiment, carboxylate side
chains are solution labeled with 3-dimethylaminopropylamine.
[0264] In one embodiment, the N-terminus of a peptide is solution
labeled with
1-(4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxocyclohexylidene)-3-methylbutyl diethyl
phosphate (Phos-ivDde).
[0265] In one embodiment, the C-terminus of a peptide is solution
labeled with Benzylamine (BA). In one embodiment, the C-terminus of
a peptide is solution labeled with 3-dimethylaminopropylamine
(DMAPA). In one embodiment, the C-terminus of a peptide is solution
labeled with isobutylamine. In one embodiment, the C-terminus of a
peptide is solution labeled with 3-dimethylaminopropylamine.
[0266] B. Orthogonal Labeling in Solid-Phase Studies for Peptide
KDYWE (SEQ ID NO: 4).
[0267] Labeling all target side chains was possible while omitting
the labeling of the .alpha.-amine. Oxidative cleavage of the resin
provided flexibility to choose between releasing labeled or
unlabeled C-terminus. The use of 1-amino-3-butyne as the
carboxylate-labeling reagent introduced further functionality that
is contemplated for use in other reaction embodiments. Such an
approach can have many applications for peptide labeling studies
and novel synthetic peptide design. Other labels, like fluorescent
probes, can be designed to have the same functional handles as
described herein.
[0268] In one embodiment, Lysine side chains are solid-phase
labeled, wherein the peptide is attached to a solid material, with
2-methoxy-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazole. In one embodiment, Cysteine
side chains are solid-phase labeled with 2-methylthio-2-imadazoline
hydroiodide (MDI). For solid-phase labeling, a different method was
described in the examples than used for solution phase labeling
Cysteine, of as described above. Further, solid-phase orthogonal
labeling of Cysteine as described herein, showed surprising results
compared to published descriptions, see, Example V as an example
for details. In one embodiment, Tryptophan side chains were
solid-phase labeled with 2,4-Dinitrobenzenesulfenyl chloride
(DBSC). In one embodiment, Tryptophan side chains were solid-phase
labeled with 1-amino-3-butyne (AB).
[0269] In one embodiment, carboxylate side chains are solid-phase
labeled with 1-amino-3-butyne (AB).
[0270] C. Orthogonal Labeling in Solution Phase of the Target Side
Chains in Peptides Containing Cysteine, Lysine and Tryptophan.
[0271] One, two, and at least three different amino acids can be
labeled depending on the (orthogonal) reaction conditions. Thus, in
one embodiment, solution phase fluorophore labeling, i.e. one up to
three types of amino acids of model peptides, is intended for
C-terminal immobilization and sequencing. In particular, this
method describes embodiments for labeling Lysines using an
isothiourea method and labeling tryptophan in addition to using
Rhodamine B iodoacetamide for Cysteine labeling; Rhodamine B or Si
Rhodamine B for Tryptophan. See, Example VII.
[0272] Model peptides were synthesized containing Cysteine and
Lysine: A) YKTCYTD (SEQ ID NO: 5), B) KCGGYCD (SEQ ID NO: 6), and
C) GYCKCTD (SEQ ID NO: 7)), FIG. 48. Additional model peptides were
synthesized containing Cysteine, Lysine and Tryptophan (KCTWGCD
(SEQ ID NO: 18), WGCTKWD (SEQ ID NO: 19)) and peptides
Serine-Tryptophan (Ser-Trp;SW) and Alanine-Aspatate and Tryptophan
(Ala-Asn-Trp;ANW). Peptides were synthesized on a microwave peptide
synthesizer.
[0273] A: An Example of Solution Phase Labeling of Model Peptides
for C-Terminal Immobilization and Sequencing.
[0274] 1. For Cysteine Labeling.
[0275] Rhodamine B iodoacetamide: N,N'-dimethylethylenediamine was
used to label Cysteine in a solution-phase method. This reaction
was selective for Cysteine where the Lysine and N-terminus were
boc-protected. Purified peptides were confirmed by high-resolution
mass spectrometry. FIG. 48.
[0276] 2. For Tryptophan Labeling.
[0277] A model reagent, 4-(butylcarbamoyl)-2-nitrophenyl
hypochlorothioite, see FIG. 48 for an exemplary structure, was made
to label Tryptophan containing peptides. For this example, see
model peptides above containing Tryptophan. The labeled Tryptophan
was stable to Edman degradation in solution. FIG. 49.
[0278] 3. For Lysine Labeling.
[0279] An isothiourea was synthesized as a model reagent for Lysine
labeling. FIG. 51A. Reaction of the isothiourea with Lysine
dihydrochloride proceeded once. FIG. 51A. Reaction of the
isothiourea with peptides proceeds slowly. FIG. 51B.
[0280] This method of synthesis is an alternative to labeling
lysine residues in that it does not include the use of the o-methyl
isourea. Further, this method selectively labels Lysine over the
N-terminus.
[0281] B: An Example of Solution Phase Labeling, One to Two Types
of Amino Acids of Model Peptides Containing Lysine and Tryptophan
for C-Terminal Immobilization and Sequencing.
[0282] 1. For Lysine Labeling.
[0283] Contemplated amino acid specific labels, such as for Lysine,
are Rhodamine B and Si Rhodamine B (separately) for solution phase
labeling of the first of two amino acids with two differently
colored dyes. For example, Lysine labeled with Si Rhodamine B was
contemplated for use with Tryptophan labeled with Rhodamine B.
[0284] 2. For Tryptophan Labeling.
[0285] A Rhodamine B sulfenyl chloride was synthesized, as describe
above for use in labeling Tryptophan. The synthesis is described
above and in FIG. 52.
[0286] Two small peptides with Trp (W) amino acids were labeled
with the Rhodamine B sulfenyl chloride. The expected product from
this tryptophan reaction with the Rhodamine B sulfenyl chloride is
observed in test reactions with two small peptides, Ser-Trp (SW)
and Ala-Asn-Trp (ANW). See, FIGS. 53A and 53B, respectively. The
Rhodamine B lable is attached to the Trp in FIG. 53A. The Rhodamine
B lable is attached to the Trp in FIG. 53B.
[0287] C. An Example of Solution Phase Labeling, One, Two or Three
Types of Amino Acids of Model Peptides Containing Cysteine, Lysine
and Tryptophan for C-Terminal Immobilization and Sequencing.
[0288] 1. For Cysteine Labeling.
[0289] In some embodiments, Cysteine labeling is as described
herein for Lysine.
[0290] 2. For Lysine Labeling.
[0291] Contemplated amino acid specific labels, such as for Lysine,
are Rhodamine B and Si Rhodamine B (separately) for solution phase
labeling of the first of two amino acids with two differently
colored dyes. In particular, this labeling is contemplated as an
alternative to labeling Lysine residues that does not include the
use of the o-methyl isourea. For example, in one embodiment, Lysine
is labeled with Si Rhodamine B. This labeled Lysine was
contemplated for use with Tryptophan labeled with Rhodamine B. In
another embodiment, Lysine is labeled with Rhodamine B or a
Rhodamine B derivative (variant). Additionally, as shown in FIG.
53A, this method selectively labels lysine over the N-terminus.
VIII. Demonstrating Single Molecule Peptide Sequencing of
Fluorescently Labeled Peptides at the Single-Molecule Level.
[0292] This example shows exemplary tracking of single peptide
molecules through Edman cycles and determining the position of the
labeled amino acid. Specifically, two peptide populations differing
in the position of their labeled amino-acid residue were
discriminated in a mixture at single-molecule sensitivity using a
single-molecule Edman peptide sequencing procedure. FIG. 65 shows a
summary of these experimental results.
[0293] Peptide A--labeled orange (lighter left bar and left
peptide) in the diagram, with sequence (boc)-K*AGAAG (SEQ ID NO:
13), where * (Rhodamine=Tetramethylrhodamine); and Peptide
B--labeled blue (daker right bar and right peptide) in the diagram,
with sequence (boc)-GK*[Atto647MAGAG (SEQ ID NO: 14).
[0294] Peptides A and B were labeled via their Lysines with dyes
excitable at 561 nm (Rhodamine) and 647 nm (Atto647N) wavelengths,
respectively. Both peptide populations were immobilized on a glass
slide via their carboxyl terminuses, and the protecting boc groups
were removed from their amino terminuses. Then, the peptides were
observed via total internal reflection (TIRF) microscopy through
several cycles of Edman degradation. Thousands of labeled peptides
across multiple fields of view were individually tracked in
parallel, and their fluorescence after every cycle recorded. As a
control, the first two cycles did not include the critical Edman
reagent phenyl isothiocyanate (PITC) that is needed to cleave an
amino acid: i.e., these were "mock" reactions to confirm that there
was no loss of fluorophores merely due to any of the other chemical
solvents or photobleaching. The subsequent eight cycles included
PITC, allowing removal of amino acids. The number of fluorescent
peptides in the 561 nm channel decreased dramatically after the
first full Edman cycle, in accordance with the position of the 561
nm label on the first amino acid of Peptide A. Likewise, the number
of fluorescent peptides in the 647 nm channel decreased after the
second Edman cycle, in accordance with the position of the 647 nm
label on the second amino acid of Peptide B.
[0295] Peptide A: (boc)-K*[Tetramethylrhodamine]AGAAG (SEQ ID NO:
13) and Peptide B: (boc)-GK*[Atto647N]AGAG (SEQ ID NO: 14) were
synthesized by Thermo Fisher Scientific (IL, USA) with a purity of
>95% and validated by mass spectrometry. The fluorophores was
covalently attached to the .epsilon.-amine of the lysine
residue
Aminosilane Slide Coating.
[0296] Forty mm #1 thick glass coverslips (Bioptechs Inc., PA,
USA), were placed vertically in a custom made Teflon rack, and
cleaned by washes and sonication with 5% Alconox (detergent),
acetone, 90% Ethanol and finally 1 M Potassium hydroxide (KOH).
Between each of the different solvent washes, the slides were
thoroughly washed with de-ionized water. The aminosilane coating
step was carried out by incubating the slides for 20 minutes in 1%
Aminopropyltriethoxy silane (Cat #SIA0610, Gelest Inc., PA, USA)
dissolved in the acidified 5% v/v of acetic acid/methanol solvent.
The slides were sonicated intermittently for 1 minute to dislodge
any adsorbed silane molecules. After incubation, the slides were
rinsed thoroughly with methanol and water. It was then dried with
nitrogen and stored under vacuum until use. The slides were imaged
in water and methanol prior to peptide or fluorophore
immobilization to check for presence of fluorescing impurities.
Solvents.
[0297] Highest purity and mostly spectrophotometry grade solvents
of Methanol (Cat #494437, Sigma), Ethylacetate (Cat #270989,
Sigma), Acetonitrile (Cat #34967, Sigma), trifluoroacetic acid (Cat
#T6508, Sigma), Pyridine (Cat #270970, Sigma), Dimethylformamide
(DMF, Cat #270547, Sigma), phenylisothiocyanate (PITC, Cat
#P1034-10.times.1 ml, Sigma) and water (Cat #5140, Thermo
Scientific) was used for all the experiments. Coupling solvent,
comprising of 9:1 v/v of pyridine: PITC, was freshly prepared
before use. The coupling solvent and the free-basing solvent
consisting of 10:3:2:1 v/v of acetonitrile: pyridine:
triethylamine: water was flushed with nitrogen for 5 minutes and
maintained under nitrogen atmosphere by piercing the septum with a
nitrogen filled balloon. The cleavage solvent used was 90% TFA in
water. The glass vials fitted with a sealable Teflon-silicone
septum (Cat #27022, Sigma) used was rinsed with acetone and the
solvent with which it is stored. The FEP tubing from the valves
were pierced through the septum and the entire system was
maintained under anoxic condition.
Fluidics System.
[0298] The aminosilane coated glass coverslip housed in a
microfluidic chamber was adapted from the FCS2 perfusion chamber
(Bioptechs Inc., PA, USA). The vendor supplied upper and the lower
gaskets was replaced with 0.03'' perfluoroelastomer
Kalrez.RTM.-0040 material (DuPont Inc., local vendor--Austin Seals
company, TX, USA) and a diamond shape was cut in the lower gasket
(die Number--452458, cut by Bioptechs Inc.). The shape ensured
complete fluid exchanges when compared with a rectangular cut. The
Kalrez material had ideal compressibility with a shore durometer A
of 70 and had chemical inertness to trifluoroacetic acid.
Description of Preferred Embodiments
[0299] The peptide sequencing technologies described above may be
useful not only for analyzing biological samples, but for the
development of a novel polymer synthesis and sequencing schema. In
one embodiment, the present invention contemplates a method for
selecting sequence-specific, functional polymers, including
polymers comprising non-natural amino acid derivatives as
monomers.
[0300] In one embodiment, polymers are synthesized, sequenced,
screened and selected. A variety of screening is contemplated,
including assays that detect the binding to specific targets and
assays that detect catalysts for specific reactions. In one
embodiment, the present invention contemplates identifying the
individual sequence components of binders or catalysts.
[0301] The nature of the platform will assist with the
identification of the highest affinity molecules and the fastest
catalysts. This is because one can carry out screens and selections
at the single molecule level, directly on the platform used for
sequencing. Molecular populations can be introduced directly into
the same flow cell used for sequencing. The surface of the flow
cell will have been previously derivatized or modified with target
molecules. A cyclic flow will be established such that the
population is allowed to thoroughly equilibrate with the targets.
The cyclic path will then be opened for washing, allowing molecules
that do not bind tightly enough to their targets to be successively
washed away. This is, in essence, a koff selection, and it has been
previously employed to great effect to sieve large libraries, such
as libraries of aptamers. The progress of the selection can be
directly monitored by the simple expedient of attaching dyes to the
library, and periodically inquiring of the surface how many single
molecules are present. This method also allows tuning of the
stringency of selection, both in advance of the selection proper
and during the winnowing of the pool.
[0302] In one embodiment, competitive (affinity) or non-competitive
(passivation) molecules can also be introduced into the flow
stream. Control of selection at the single molecule level should
allow for selection of a few thousand molecules (for sequencing out
of hundreds of thousands, to millions to even billions of
molecules.
[0303] In one embodiment, the present invention contemplates
selection for binders to important or useful targets. For example,
the present invention contemplates synthesis, selection and
sequencing of individual polymers that can bind to phosphoryl
fluorides (diethylchlorophosphate and diethylfluorophosphate) or
other toxic substances. In one embodiment, binders to other targets
are made, selected and sequenced, including but not limited to
synthesizing and selecting individual polymers that bind to hen egg
white lysozyme, ovalbumin, maltotriose, lanatoside C, erlose, and
the like.
[0304] Selection for catalysis can be performed in a similar
manner. In one embodiment, catalysts for reactions that degrade
toxins are contemplated. For example, in one embodiment, catalysts
for the hydrolysis of organophosphonic di- and mono-chlorides will
be sought. In another embodiment, the present invention
contemplates catalysts for phosphoaryl fluoride (a toxic gas)
hydrolysis, including gas phase alkaline hydrolysis. In one
embodiment, catalysts are selected that release themselves from
interactions with their ligand, only to be carried into the chamber
for single molecule sequencing. Following sequencing, additional
rounds of screening or selection can be carried out by resynthesis
of the population, focusing on validated binding or catalytic
species, and then once again winnowing the pool within the flow
cell on the surface of the device.
[0305] Single molecule resolution provides important advantages for
advancing polymer characterization. By taking into account the
extent of aggregation on the surface, one can quickly determine
soluble compositions, and by determining the volume of wash
solution required for removal of a given fluorescent pixel, it
should be possible to readily calculate the K.sub.d of the
underlying binding species.
[0306] The protein sequencing methods described herein are enabling
for unnatural polymer discovery. That is to say, the same method
described herein to sequence peptides/proteins using the 20-natural
amino acids can be used to sequence peptides/proteins made from
unnatural amino acids, potentially including beta amino acids, and
will provide a platform for future advances, such as deconvoluting
`chemically translated` nucleic acid libraries. While to our
knowledge Edman degradation has never been applied to beta amino
acids, the intramolecular cyclization reaction would form a
6-membered ring, and therefore should occur rapidly. .beta. amino
acids have their amino group bonded to the .beta. carbon rather
than the a carbon as in the 20 standard biological amino acids.
[0307] It is not intended that the present invention be limited to
the precise nature of the unnatural polymers. Therefore, it is also
not intended that the present invention be limited by the nature of
the monomers used to make the unnatural polymers. However, by way
of example, FIG. 18 shows synthetic pathways for a group of
contemplated monomers in a protected form to be used in Fmoc-based
solid phase synthesis. The protected amino acids are designated
with a "p," such as pB and pV. All the syntheses start with two
different versions of a protected amino acid. When the protecting
group on the side chain is acid stable (such as with pB, pC, pA,
pV, pS, and pO), the carboxylate of the amino acid will initially
be a tBu-ester, that can be deprotected with TFA in the presence of
the carbocation trap anisole. Alternatively, when the side
chain-protecting group is acid labile, one can start with a
benzylprotected carboxylate of the amino acid, which can be
deprotected byhydrogenation (pH and pT). In addition, because the
solid-phase synthesis routine, in one embodiment, will use
Fmoc-chemistry, the side chains of the amino acids used during
peptide synthesis must all be stable to basic conditions. The side
chains carry therefore acetals, t-Boc groups, or mono-methoxytrityl
(Mmt) for final deprotection with acid, as in standard solid phase
peptide synthesis. The syntheses are simple enough that it is
likely that all monomers can be made in gram (or larger) quantities
for library screening and eventually for large-scale polymer
synthesis.
[0308] In one embodiment, peptide synthesis will proceed from the
protected amino acid monomers discussed above. In one embodiment,
the polymer starts with a Cys followed by eight random amino acids
from the group [B,C,H, and A] followed by O (FIG. 19A). Because
Edman degradation starts from the N-terminus and incrementally
removes each amino acid one at a time toward the C-terminus, the
last amino acid in each decamer chain can be Cys to fix the peptide
on the microscope slide surface. If we add a presynthesized Cys-S
dimer via olefin metathesis, one can build another library of 7
unnatural amino acids finished with an S to make the second 10-mer
("=" in FIG. 19A represents an alkene created from metathesis). The
third 10-mer can start with Cys-S but can be followed by a random
8-mer.
[0309] Olefin metathesis is high yielding, and readily reversible
by adding Grubbs catalyst and ethylene, thereby clipping the 30-mer
into three 10-mers for immobilization for single molecule
sequencing (FIGS. 19B and C). Additionally, the placements of O and
S act as markers to identify whether the 10-mers were the
C-terminal, the central, or the N-terminal peptides. Finally, in
order to monitor libraries and individual polymers on surfaces and
in solution, fluorescent conjugates to terminal amines or Cysteine
residues will be prepared using the cognate dyes shown in FIG.
17.
[0310] The present invention contemplates using monomers to create
combinatorial libraries of polymers. In one embodiment, the present
invention contemplates a combinatorial library of B, H, V, and S,
with 10% C as should create a globular macromolecule that is on
average 10% cross-linked and possesses boronic acids,
super-nucleophiles, conjugate acceptors, and hydrophobic side
chains. Conversely, of course, the monomers could be primarily
"short monomers" (C, A, T, and O) and potentially 20% S. Now the
unnatural 30-mers would carry hydroxycarboxylates, aldehydes,
thiols, and olefins (alkenes), and the extent of crosslinking would
depend upon the addition of Grubbs catalyst and the concentration
of added ethylene. The proper mixture of amino acids will need to
be determined empirically to keep the libraries highly water
soluble while retaining binding characteristics.
[0311] In one embodiment, one surface immobilizes polymers of via
C-terminal Cysteine residues, and carries out rounds of subtractive
Edman degradation in which individual amino acids (and
corresponding dyes) are removed. Polymers can initially be
immobilized in situ by the inclusion of fluorous maleimide during
the Cytop coating of the slide. During selections, polymers can be
captured by including a fluorous thiol in the coating and shifting
to oxidizing conditions.
[0312] In parallel, the present invention contemplates a
computational infrastructure required for the interpretation of
single molecule imaging data. For peptide sequencing, a pipeline
for rapid image analysis by modeling of a subpixel resolved point
spread function for every peptide and estimating its intensity has
been developed (FIG. 20). After aligning the images after each
Edman cycle we will track the fluorescent intensity of every single
polymer molecule.
[0313] Dyes illuminated for a considerable period of time may
photobleach, although the microscope setup, the photostable dyes,
and the imaging buffers used have made this a less serious concern.
Image analysis should statistically separate true degradation
versus false losses of molecules or emission. We start with simple
statistical methods like moving average that can indicate a
step-drop of intensity with cycle and help deconvolute a
fluorescent pattern for every molecule. The acquired images
processed will be in multidimensional parameter space, wherein
every single polymer will be assigned a spatial coordinate along
with its intensity profiles for every color channel over time. A
computational infrastructure for parallelized image processing and
database structure can be implemented. Integrating the statistical
and image alignment packages into a computational pipeline will
enable tracking the intensity profile of every single polymer as a
function of Edman cycle.
Experimental
[0314] The following are examples that further illustrate
embodiments contemplated by the present invention. It is not
intended that these examples provide any limitations on the present
invention.
[0315] In the experimental disclosure that follows, the following
abbreviations apply: eq. or eqs. (equivalents); M (Molar); .mu.M
(micromolar); N (Normal); mol (moles); mmol (millimoles); .mu.mol
(micromoles); nmol (nanomoles); pmoles (picomoles); g (grams); mg
(milligrams); .mu.g (micrograms); ng (nanogram); vol (volume); w/v
(weight to volume); v/v (volume to volume); L (liters); ml
(milliliters);. .mu.L (microliters); cm (centimeters); mm
(millimeters); .mu.m (micrometers); nm (nanometers); C (degrees
Centigrade); rpm (revolutions per minute); DNA (deoxyribonucleic
acid); kDal (kilodaltons).
I. Single Molecule Sequencing.
[0316] FIG. 4 depicts one embodiment of the single-molecule peptide
sequencing method. Briefly, selective labeling of amino acids on
immobilized peptides followed by successive cycles of labeling and
removal of the peptides' amino-terminal amino acids is capable of
producing patterns sufficiently reflective of their sequences to
allow unique identification of a majority of proteins in the yeast
and human proteomes. FIG. 5 shows the simplest scheme with 2
fluorescent colors (i.e. "fluors" or "labels"), in which fluor 2
(red star) labels the peptide amino termini (N-termini) over
successive cycles of removal of the N-terminal amino acids and
re-labeling of the resulting new N-termini, and fluor 1 (green
star) labels Lysine (K) residues. The immobilization of fluor 2 on
a peptide serves as an indicator that the Edman reaction initiated
successfully; its removal following a solvent change indicates that
the reaction completed successfully. Fluor 2 thus serves as an
internal error check--i.e., indicating for each peptide which Edman
cycles have initiated and completed successfully--and gives a count
of amino acids removed from each peptide, as well as reporting the
locations of all peptides being sequenced. Fluor 1 serves to
indicate when Lysines are removed, which, in combination with the
reporting of each Edman cycle by fluor 2, gives the resulting
sequence profile (e.g. . . . XKX . . . below) that will be used to
identify the peptide by comparison with a database of possible
protein sequences from the organism being sequenced. In another
embodiment, a second fluorescent label is not used; instead, a
non-fluorescent version of the reagent which labels and removes the
amino termini in successive cycles is employed; in this embodiment,
cycles are simply counted, resulting in the same sequence patterns
(e.g. . . . XKX . . . ) as in the above embodiment but without
providing an internal error check for the successful
initiation/completion of each Edman reaction cycle.
[0317] A) Identification of Proteins in Yeast and Human
Proteomes.
[0318] FIG. 6 demonstrates that selective labeling of amino acids
on immobilized peptides followed by successive cycles of labeling
and removal of their amino-terminal amino acids is capable of
producing patterns sufficiently reflective of their sequences to
allow unique identification of a majority of proteins in the yeast
and human proteomes. Plotted curves show results of computer
simulation of successive cleavage of single N-terminal amino acids
from all proteolytic peptides derived from the complete human or
yeast proteome, top and bottom plots respectively. This FIG. 6
depicts the results of various cutting ("Cut") and labeling
("Label") scenarios. For example, "Cut E" indicates that all human
proteins were proteolyzed with the peptidase GluC in order to cut
each protein after glutamate ("E") residues. Similarly, "Label"
simulates the results of initially labeling different subsets of
amino acid residues. For example, "Label K" indicates that only
Lysine ("K") amino acid residues carry a detectable label (e.g. a
fluorescent molecule observable by single molecule fluorescence
microscopy). The sequencing reaction is not allowed to proceed
beyond the Cysteine ("C") residue since they are used to anchor the
peptide sequence. FIG. 5 demonstrates that labeling schemes
employing only two or three amino acid-specific fluorescent labels
can provide patterns capable of uniquely identifying at least one
peptide from a substantial fraction of the human or yeast proteins.
Given that only one peptide is required to identify the presence of
an individual protein in a protein mixture, and further given that
the peptide may be observed repeatedly and the number of
observations counted, FIG. 6 demonstrates that this approach may
both identify and quantify a large proportion of proteins in highly
complex protein mixtures. This capability requires that the genomic
sequence of the organism being analyzed is available to serve as a
reference for the observed amino acid patterns. As indicated above,
the complete human and yeast genomes are available to match against
patterns of amino acid labels (e.g. "XXXKXXXKKXXXTX . . . C . . .
E" (SEQ ID NO: 17)).
[0319] B) Lysine Content.
[0320] FIG. 7 demonstrates that the numbers of Lysines per peptide
are sufficiently low to monitor their count based on fluorescence
intensity. The present method requires the ability to distinguish
(i.e. resolve) different numbers of fluorescent molecules based on
fluorescence intensity; however, resolution naturally decreases as
the number of Lysines in a single peptide increase. For example,
while distinguishing 3 Lysines from 2 Lysines only requires
detecting a 33% decrease in fluorescence intensity, high Lysine
counts would require detecting proportionally smaller changes in
fluorescence intensity (e.g. only 5% for the case of 21 Lysines
versus 20 Lysines). Fortunately, the natural distribution of Lysine
residues in peptides tends to be small (top plot, shown for the
yeast proteome), and therefore within the capacity of current
fluorescent microscopes. The simulations depicted in FIG. 7
demonstrate that limiting sequencing to peptides with no more than
eight Lysines nearly provides coverage for the full set of peptides
in the yeast proteome (bottom plot, shown for the case of labeling
K, cutting at E with GluC, anchoring by C).
II. Two-Color Single-Molecule Peptide Sequencing Reaction.
[0321] Proteins may be analyzed from natural or synthetic sources
collected using standard protocols. For example, proteins may be
isolated from human cells obtained from blood samples, tumor
biopsies or in vitro cell cultures. In one embodiment, the present
invention contemplates a two-color single molecule peptide
sequencing reaction. In other embodiments, protein sequencing
protocols may include more than two fluorescent molecules (e.g.
covalently labeling a third fluorescent molecule with an additional
type of amino acid) to provide greater protein sequence and/or
protein profile information.
[0322] A) Cell Sample Preparation.
[0323] Isolated cells are resuspended in a standard lysis buffer
that includes a reducing agent such as Dithiothreitol (DTT) to
denature proteins and break disulphide linkages and a protease
inhibitor cocktail to prevent further protein degradation. Cells
are lysed by homogenization or other lysis technique and the lysate
centrifuged to obtain soluble cytosolic proteins (supernatant) and
insoluble membrane bound proteins (pellet). Samples may be further
fractionated, e.g. by chromatography, gel electrophoresis, or other
methods to isolate specific protein fractions of interest. The
protein mixtures are denatured in a solution containing, for
example, urea or trifluoroethanol (TFE) and the disulfide bonds are
reduced to free thiol group via the addition of reducing agents
such as tris(2-carboxyethyl)phosphine (TCEP) or DTT.
[0324] B) Protein Digestion, Labeling and Anchoring.
[0325] Protein preparations are then digested by specific
endopeptidases (e.g. GluC), which selectively cleave the peptide
bonds' C-terminal to glutamic acid residue. The resulting peptides
are labeled by a fluorescent Edman reagent (label 1) such as
fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC), rhodamine isothiocyanate or
other synthesized fluorescent isothiocyanate derivative (e.g.,
Cy3-ITC, Cy5-ITC). Considerations in choosing the first fluorescent
Edman reagent (label 1) include 1) good reactivity towards
available amine groups on Lysine residues and the N-terminus, 2)
high quantum yield of the fluorescent signal, 3) reduced tendency
for fluorescent quenching, and 4) stability of the fluorescent
molecule across the required range of pH.
[0326] Labeled peptides are then anchored to an activated glass or
quartz substrate for imaging and analysis. In one embodiment, the
substrate is glass coated with a low density of maleimide, which is
chemically reactive to available sulfydryl groups (SH--) on the
Cysteine residues in a subset of the peptide molecules. In a
preferred embodiment, the substrate is glass coated with a layer of
N-(2-aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyl trimethoxy silane and then
passivated with a layer of methoxy-poly(ethylene glycol) doped with
2-5% maleimide-poly(ethylene glycol), the latter of which is
chemically reactive to available sulfhydryl groups (SH--) on the
cyesteine residues in a subset of the peptide molecules. In this
embodiment only peptides that contain Cysteine residues are
anchored to the solid surface; peptides that do not contain
Cysteine residues are washed away in successive steps. In a
preferred embodiment, peptides are preferably anchored with a
surface density that is low enough to permit the resolution of
single molecules during subsequent microscopy steps. In one
embodiment, the order of the labeling and anchoring steps may be
reversed, for example if required by the coupling--decoupling rate
of the Edman reagent and its ability to produce thioazolinone
N-terminal amino acid derivatives.
[0327] C) Edman Sequencing in a Microscope Flow Cell.
[0328] Following labeling and anchoring of the peptides the
substrate (e.g., glass slide) is introduced into a flow cell in a
fluorescence microscope equipped with total internal reflection
illumination, which reduces background fluorescence. The flow cell
is washed with purified water to clean the surface. Steps 2 and 3
correspond to the Edman coupling steps, which are performed
repeatedly with fluorescence microscopy images collected twice in
each cycle--once after cleavage and once after re-labeling. FIG. 10
is a diagram showing one embodiment of the working principle of a
total internal reflectance fluorescence (TIRF) microscopy setup
that can be used in sequence analysis. Other embodiments of the
microscopy setup include the use of a scanning confocal microscope
for visualizing the single molecules or a dove prism for performing
TIRF. Using a motorized microscope stage with automated focus
control to image multiple stage positions in the flow cell may
allow millions of individual single peptides (or more) to be
sequenced in one experiment (see FIG. 10, FIG. 11, and FIG.
12).
[0329] In the cleavage step trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) is
introduced into the flow cell and incubated to complete the
cleavage reaction. The liberated thiazolinone N-terminal amino acid
derivative and residual TFA is washed away with an organic solvent
such as -ethyl acetate. In a preferred embodiment, other solvents
may be used to ensure that side products produced are effectively
removed. In the re-labeling step the N-terminus of the anchored
peptides is re-labeled with a second Edman fluorescent reagent
(label 2) under mildly basic conditions. Considerations in choosing
the second Edman fluorescent reagent (label 2) include limiting
fluorescence bleedthrough (spectral crossover) with label 1 by
selecting fluorophores having well-separated absorption and
emission spectra such that the fluors can be independently observed
via microscopy, and having an efficient rate of decoupling from the
labeled N-terminal amino acid. In one embodiment, portions of the
emission spectrum of said first label do not overlap with the
emission spectrum of said second label. The cleavage and
re-labeling steps (steps 2 and 3, respectively) are then repeated
in cycles (i.e., treating peptides to the successive rounds of
Edman chemistry, involving TFA wash, vacuum dry, etc.) with
fluorescence microscopy imaging at each step, as described below,
until sufficient data is collected (e.g., 20 or 30 cycles).
[0330] D) Single Molecule Fluorescence Microscopy.
[0331] In one embodiment, a conventional microscope equipped with
total internal reflection illumination and an intensified
charge-couple device (CCD) detector may be used for imaging. (For
an example of such a scope appropriate for single molecule imaging,
see Braslaysky et al., PNAS, 100(7): 3960-4 (2003) [4], (herein
incorporated by reference). Depending on the absorption and
emission spectra of the two fluorescent Edman labels employed,
appropriate filters (for example, a central wavelength of 515 nm
for FITC and 630 nm for a rhodamine-ITC derivative) are used to
record the emission intensity of the two labels. Imaging with a
high sensitivity CCD camera allows the instrument to simultaneously
record the fluorescent intensity of multiple single peptide
molecules distributed across the glass surface. In one embodiment,
image collection is performed using an image splitter that directs
light through two band pass filters (one suitable for each
fluorescent molecule) to be recorded as two side-by-side images on
the CCD surface. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing one embodiment of a
total internal reflectance fluorescence (TIRF) microscopy setup
that can be used in sequence analysis. Using a motorized microscope
stage with automated focus control to image multiple stage
positions in the flow cell may allow millions of individual single
peptides (or more) to be sequenced in one experiment (see FIG. 10,
FIG. 11, and FIG. 12). By way of comparison, current generation
single molecule DNA sequencers (e.g., available from Helicos) can
sequence approximately 1 billion single DNA molecules per
experiment.
[0332] As described above, for each Edman cycle the fluorescence
intensity of label 1 will be recorded after each cleavage step.
After the very first round of removal of label 1 (which corresponds
to removing the labeled N-terminal amino acid), this label will
exclusively label Lysine residues in the immobilized peptides, with
a fluorescence intensity proportional to the count of Lysines in a
given peptide. The loss and uptake of label 2 measured after each
cleavage step and coupling step, respectively, serves as 1) a
counter for the number of amino acid residues removed, and 2) an
internal error control indicating the successful completion of each
round of Edman degradation for each immobilized peptide.
[0333] E) Bioinformatic Analysis.
[0334] Following image processing to filter noise and identify the
location of peptides, as well as to map the locations of the same
peptides across the set of collected images, intensity profiles for
label 1 and label 2 are associated with each peptide as a function
of Edman cycle. The label 1 intensity profile of each error free
peptide sequencing reaction (determined by the cycling of label 2)
is transformed into a binary sequence (e.g., 00010001100) in which
a "1" precedes a drop in fluorescence intensity of label 1 and its
location (i.e. position within the binary sequence) identifies the
number of Edman cycles performed. This sequence, termed the binary
intensity profile, represents a simplified version of the
experimentally derived peptide sequence.
[0335] The method has the ability to identify the location of
peptides as well as the ability to follow these peptides after a
number of steps. FIG. 13 shows one embodiment of labeled Lysines
(amine-reactive dye HiLyte 647) attached by Cysteines to
maleimide-PEG quartz surface. The different pattern of fluorescence
intensity with the different labeled Lysine content is revealed.
The reactive dye used, HiLyte Fluor.TM. 647 succidinimyl ester, is
an amine-reactive fluorescent labeling dye that generates the
conjugates that are slightly red-shifted compared to those of Cy5
dyes, resulting in an optimal match to filters designed for Cy5
dye. Its conjugate may have better performance than Cy5 for
fluorescence polarization-based assays. FIG. 14 shows a comparison
of single fluorescently-labeled peptides and alternate channel
revealing low background fluorescence. When analyzing the peptides,
one can observe the difference in the Edman degradation of the
labeled single peptide molecules between a peptide that contains
one versus two labeled Lysines (see FIG. 15). The fluorescence
signal drops when the labeled Lysine is removed. Only fluorescence
signal is found with labeled Lysines. One can also use quantum dots
as a guide in analysis of large numbers of peptides from by
scanning the microscope and tiling images (see FIG. 16).
[0336] A database of predicted potential proteins for the organism
under investigation is used as a reference database. For example,
in one embodiment the human protein database, compiled from the
UniProt protein sequence database and containing 20,252 translated
protein sequences, may be used as the reference dataset. A list of
potential peptides is generated by simulating the proteolysis,
labeling and anchoring approach used in the experiment. In the
example provided above, this corresponds to cutting by GluC,
labeling of Lysines and anchoring of peptides via Cysteines. Each
unique peptide generated in this simulation may be transformed to
its corresponding binary sequence (e.g. 0001000110), retaining its
mapping to the protein sequence and ID from which it was formed.
This creates a lookup database indexing potential binary sequences
derived from that organism's proteome to unique protein IDs.
[0337] The binary intensity profile of each peptide, as generated
from the single molecule microscopy, is then compared to the
entries in the simulated peptide database (step 3). This provides
the protein ID, if available, from which the peptide is uniquely
derived. Performing this lookup over all measured profiles results
in the identification of the set of proteins composing the complex
protein mixture. Many binary intensity profiles may not have a
unique match in the database. In one embodiment, advanced
bioinformatics analyses could consider the multiplicity of matches
and infer the most likely proteins present. In another embodiment,
a simple approach is to just ignore all of these cases and rely
only upon uniquely matching cases to build evidence for proteins
being present. Quantitation is then accomplished by counting
peptides derived from each protein observed. Since this approach is
intrinsically digital, the count of peptides from each protein
should be proportional to the abundance of the protein in the
mixture. In another embodiment, the efficiencies of the reaction
steps, including the labeling, Edman reagent coupling, and Edman
reagent cleavage reactions can be measured or estimated and then
incorporated in the computational search of the proteome sequences
in order to provide a probabilistic estimate of the identification
of a particular peptide or protein in the database.
[0338] F) Variations.
[0339] Variants to the above protocol are contemplated. In one
embodiment, to improve signal to noise during single molecule
imaging, oxygen- and free radical-scavenging and triple quenching
components are included in the solution (e.g., see Harris et al.,
Science 320, 106 (2008) [5], (herein incorporated by reference). In
another embodiment, the surface of the solid support can be
modified chemically, such as by coating with polyethylene glycol,
in order to suppress nonspecific adsorption to the surface and thus
improve the signal to noise ratio for the fluorescent detection of
peptides. In another embodiment, more than two fluorescent
molecules may be used to label additional amino acids. Such an
approach might involve, for example, covalently labeling Lysines
with a fluorescent Edman reagent prior to sequencing (as described
above) and also covalently labeling amino acids with carboxylate
side chains (e.g., glutamate, aspartate) with a second fluorescent
molecule (chosen for spectral compatibility), then proceeding with
Edman degradation cycles using an Edman reagent labeled with a
third fluorescent molecule. This method would provide more
information-rich sequence profiles for identifying many more
peptides. In another embodiment, an alternate imaging strategy
involves the use of scanning confocal microscopy. In yet another
embodiment, the cleavage/re-labeling steps of the Edman reaction
are replaced with a protocol in which the re-labeling is performed
using the Edman label 2 (as above), but then the cleavage step is
performed using an aminopeptidase enzyme to remove the labeled
amino-terminal amino acid. This would allow all reactions to be
performed in aqueous solvent and simplify the apparatus by
decreasing the need for organic solvents. In this embodiment, the
aminopeptidase would be selected such that it requires and
tolerates the presence of label 2 on the amino-terminal amino acid,
therefore it would likely have to be optimized using in vitro
evolution techniques to be suitable for use in sequencing.
[0340] In yet another embodiment, the successful removal of amino
acids occurs from the carboxy terminus of the peptide, thereby
revealing C-terminal sequences instead of N-terminal sequences. In
a preferred embodiment, this approach employs, for example,
engineered carboxypeptidases or small molecule reagents reacting
analogous to the N-terminal Edman chemistry but operating from the
C-terminus of the peptide.
EXAMPLE I
Photolithography on Aminosilane Slides
[0341] This example describes one embodiment for preparing a
surface, involving the steps of cleaning of the slides, aminosilane
deposition, and attachment of fluorophores.
[0342] Cleaning of slides: The 40 mm glass coverslips (Bioptechs
Inc, Butler, Pa., USA) was cleaned by sonicating the coverslips at
maximum power for twenty minutes with 10% Alconox (detergent),
followed by acetone, 90% Ethanol and finally 1 M Potassium
hydroxide (KOH). Between each of the different solutions, the slips
were thoroughly rinsed with deionised water and sonicated in water
for 5 minutes. The slides were dried at 110 C for 2 h in an oven.
To completely clean these glass coverslip and hydroxylate the
surface, oxygen plasma was performed. The clean-dried coverslips
were placed on the platform of oxygen plasma equipment in the
Center for Nano and Materials Science (CNM) facility clean room
(March Plasma CS170IF RIE etching system). The operating conditions
for cleaning the slides were--Power-120W; Base Pressure-90mTorr;
Time-120secs and 30% Oxygen.
[0343] Aminosilane deposition: Slides were incubated with
aminosilane solvent (1% vv of 99% pure aminopropyltriethoxysilane
(APTES) was mixed with Methanol, acidified with 5% vv glacial
acetic acid) for 30 mins with a 1-minute sonication to remove
physioadsorbed polymer. The self-assembled polymer layer forms a
hydrophilic coating of the glass surface and provides for a surface
exposed amine functional group.
[0344] Positive photoresist (S18-18) was deposited by spin coating
on the slides (1000 rpm for 1 min). It was then soft baked at 110 C
for 5 mins. Square shaped patterns of 20 um was created on the
photoresist by using Suss Mask Aligner (at the CNM facility) with a
UV350 nm illumination. The unpolymerised photoresist was removed by
developer solvent (MF-319) and the aminosilane interspersed between
the square patterns were etched away by oxygen plasma using the
March Plasma equipment at the CNM facility. The unetched
photoresist was removed by acetone solvent wash and sonication.
This process generates a glass slide with pillars of 20 um squares
of aminosilane interspersed with clean and unfunctionalized
glass.
[0345] Fluorophore attachment: 2 uM of Alexa fluor 555-NHS in PBS
was incubated on the patterned aminosilane slide for 2 hours.
Non-specifically bound fluorophores were removed by washes of wash
buffer (PBS with 1% Triton, 1% SDS and 0.1% Tween) and DMF. The
slide was housed in the FCS2 fluidic chamber (Bioptechs Inc)
altered with a Kalrez.RTM.(Dupont Inc) gasket material. Images were
acquired at 200 ms on an xIon--X3 camera (Andor, Belfast, UK)
cooled to -70 C.
[0346] Five cycles of Edman degradation was performed on the
patterned aminosilane slide. As shown in FIG. 21, the dye and bond
are stable to this chemistry.
References (Including Background):
[0347] 1. Edman et al. (1950) Method for determination of the amino
acid sequence in peptides, Acta Chem. Scand. 4, 283-293. [0348] 2.
Edman and Begg, (1967) A Protein Sequenator, Eur. J. Biochem. 1(1),
80-91. [0349] 3. Niall, (1973) Automated Edman degradation: the
protein sequenator, Methods Enzymol. 27, 942-1010. [0350] 4.
Braslaysky, et al. (2003) Sequence information can be obtained from
single DNA molecules, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 100(7),
3960-3964. [0351] 5. Harris, et al. (2008) Single-Molecule DNA
Sequencing of a Viral Genome, Science 320(5872), 106-109.
EXAMPLE II
Exemplary Methods and Materials Used for Example III
Amine Coating on Beads.
[0352] The commercially available 100 .mu.m TentagelS-NH2 resin
beads (Cat #04773, Chem-Impex International Inc., IL, USA), made of
amine functionalized PEG chains grafted on polystyrene beads, was
used as such for the experiments. For the preparation of 100 .mu.m
glass beads (Cat #4649, Sigma Aldrich, Mo., USA) with an amine
functionalized surface, the beads were loaded into syringe with
frit (Cat #NC9214213, Thermo Fisher) and first cleaned by repeated
washes of 5% Alconox (detergent), followed by acetone, 90% Ethanol
and finally 1 M Potassium hydroxide (KOH). Between each of the
different solutions, the beads were thoroughly washed with
de-ionized water. The aminosilane coating step was carried out by
gently shaking the cleaned beads for lh at room temperature in a
solution of 10% Aminopropyltriethoxysilane (Cat #SIA0610.1 Gelest
Inc., PA, USA) in the acidified 5% v/v of acetic acid/methanol
solvent. The beads were washed with methanol and water before
vacuum drying.
Peptides Used in the Study.
[0353] The sequences and modifications of the custom peptides
(provided by Dr. Eric Anslyn) are (a) (fmoc)-K[TMR]A, (b)
(fmoc)-GK[TMR]A, (c) (boc)-K[rhodamine 101]A, (d) (boc)-K[rhodamine
B]A, (e) (boc)-K[ rhodamine B-DMEDA]A and (f) (fmoc)-K[TMR]AK[TMR]A
(SEQ ID NO: 15). Expansions of the abbreviations are--fmoc:
fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl, boc: butyloxycarbonyl, TMR:
tetramethylrhodamine. The structures of the four rhodamine variants
used are shown in FIG. 39. Peptides were synthesized using a
standard automated solid-phase peptide synthesizer, and purified
using high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) or C.sub.18
solid phase extraction.
Peptide Immobilization.
[0354] For immobilizing peptide via the carboxyl group of the
C-terminal amino acid, EDC chemistry [135] was used. About 40
nano-mole of the peptide, with the blocked amine at its N-terminal
amino acid, was incubated with IVIES coupling buffer, comprising 6
mM EDC(1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride;
Cat #22980, Thermo Scientific), 5 mM NHS
(N-hydroxysulfosuccinimide; Cat #24599, Thermo Scientific) in 0.1 M
MES buffer (pH 4.3; Cat #28390, Thermo Scientific), for 1 h at room
temperature. After appropriately diluting the activated peptides
with 2 mM Sodium bicarbonate buffer (pH 8.2; Cat #S233-3, Fisher
Scientific), .about.20 mg of amine functionalized beads were mixed
and incubated for 16 h at room temperature.
Fluorophore Immobilization.
[0355] The fluorophores used were either commercially purchased
(from a number of distributors and vendors, predominantly Life
Technologies, Sigma and Pierce) as a succinimidyl ester or
chemically derivatized into that reactive form. The fluorophores,
dissolved in dimethylformamide (DMF), were diluted in 2 mM Sodium
bicarbonate solution (pH 8.2) to the appropriate concentration and
incubated with Tentagel or glass beads for 16 hours prior to
use.
Edman Degradation Procedure.
[0356] The peptide functionalized beads were added into the
syringes with frit, washed with DMF, dichloromethane (DCM) and
methanol and dried under vacuum for 20 minutes. 20% Piperidine in
DMF or 90% TFA in water was used to deprotect the fmoc or boc
derivatized peptides respectively. In brief, the Edman reaction of
the deprotected peptides on beads comprised of incubating the beads
in 20% phenylisothiocyanate (v/v in pyridine) for 30 minutes at
40.degree. C. for the coupling condition, followed by incubating in
TFA for 30 minutes at 40.degree. C. for the cleavage of the
N-terminal amino acid from the peptide backbone. After the coupling
and cleavage condition, the beads were washed with Ethyl acetate
solution for 5 minutes with constant shaking. Following the Edman
reaction and before imaging, the beads were washed thoroughly with
DMF, DCM and methanol. Solvents used were reagent grade solvents
purchased from Sigma Aldrich (MO, USA). For Mock experimental
cycle, the entire Edman reaction was performed but PITC was not
added to the coupling reagent.
Imaging of Beads.
[0357] A tiny portion (.about.0.5 mg) of the solvent washed and
vacuum dried beads, which was added to 50 .mu.L of pH 1 (0.1M
KCl/HCl buffer) or other imaging buffers, was spotted on a clean
glass slide. The beads were sandwiched with a coverslip and its
sides were taped. The DIC and epi-fluorescence images of the beads
were obtained using a Nikon Eclipse TE2000-E inverted microscope
(Nikon Inc., Japan). The images of the beads were acquired at
different exposure times with a Cascade II 512 camera
(Photometrics, AZ, USA) on a Nikon Apo 10.times./NA 0.45 objective.
A combination of excitation filters DAPI--AT350/50 (340-380 nm),
FITC--ET490/20 (465-495 nm), TRITC--ET555/25 (528-553 nm) and
Cy5--ET670 (590-640 nm) and emission filters DAPI--ET460/50
(435-485 nm), FITC--ET525/36 (515-555 nm), TRITC--ET605/52 (590-650
nm) or Cy5--ET700/60 (640-730 nm) were used (Chroma Technology
Corp, VT, USA). The use of corresponding excitation and emission
filter set for the experiments described is represented by their
filter name like DAPI, FITC, TRITC and Cy5 in the experiments. The
Sutter Lambda 10-3 lter wheels (Sutter Instrument, CA, USA),
motorized stage (Prior Scientific Inc. MA, USA) and image
acquisition were driven by Nikon NIS Elements Imaging Software.
Image Analysis of Beads.
[0358] For image processing and analysis, the circular outline of
the beads was first identified by Hough algorithm. For a given
fluorescent channels, the radial profile of every bead (normalized
with its radius) was shape corrected with a negative bead profile
(the radial profile of the control bead with only adsorbed
fluorophores). This profile was averaged across the beads under the
experimental condition and area under the curve was calculated
using the trapezoid method. For a different mode of image
processing, when the peptide binding is not always on the
periphery, masks were created for the identified bead in the DIC
channel and the count density (i.e. intensity/pixel) under the
masks were calculated for the fluorescent channels. Scripts were
written in python using different publicly available image
processing library such as openCV [138].
EXAMPLE III
Tentagel.RTM. Beads as a Platform for Immobilizing Fluorophores and
Peptides and Effects of pH on Imaging Buffers
[0359] This example demonstrates embodiments for using beads,
including optimizing the chemistry, i.e. by image acquisition and
processing and quantitating the fluorescent peptide density (see
FIG. 35) for immobilizing fluorophores and peptides.
[0360] Among the number of other commercially available beads such
as controlled pore glass, magnetic beads, polystyrene beads etc.,
Tentagel beads have a set of advantages for this study due to their
compressibility (suitable for imaging by sandwiching them between
glass slides), high peripheral density of functional groups
(enables quantitation of bound peptides and discriminating the
non-specifically attached peptides) [McAlpine S R, Schreiber S L.
Visualizing Functional Group Distribution in Solid-Support Beads by
Using Optical Analysis. Chem--A Eur J. 1999; 5: 3528-3532.] and
availability as micron sized beads (facilitating imaging and
ability to be retained in many fritted syringes). As shown herein,
amine functionalized Tentagel beads were shortlisted to fluorophore
choices contemplated for performing fluorosequencing, establishing
the scheme for immobilizing peptides to the bead via their carboxyl
termini and by optimizing the Edman degradation procedure, then
test for discriminating between multiple peptides based on the
position of their fluorescently labeled Lysine residues.
[0361] As shown in a schematic and bead imaging overview in FIG.
35, specific binding of fluorophores to functionalized Tentagel
beads occurs at the periphery and density was measured by image
processing. In brief, 100 .mu.m amine functionalized Tentagel beads
is incubated with the succinidimyl ester form of dye or peptide to
form the stable amide bond. Repeated solvent washes remove the
majority of non-specifically bound dyes or peptides resulting in
abundant fluorescent signal at the bead periphery. A mask of every
bead is generated and a radial intensity sweep for the fluorescent
channel across each bead is performed. The radial intensity profile
for a bead is normalized and shape corrected using a
non-specifically bound dye on bead as a control. The area under the
normalized radial intensity across all beads for an experiment is
the density of the truly bound fluorophore or fluorescently labeled
peptide on the bead. The scale bar shown in the fluorescent image
is 200 .mu.m.
[0362] A: Discovering a Set of Fluorescent Dyes Resistant to Edman
Degradation Solvents.
[0363] Fluorophores, immobilized on Tentagel beads, were tested for
changes in their fluorescence properties under prolonged 24 hour
incubation at 40.degree. C. with 9:1 v/v pyridine/PITC (reagent
used for coupling reaction) and neat trifluoroacetic acid (reagent
used for cleavage reaction) separately. Stability under these
extreme conditions ascertains usefulness in shorter experimental
cycles. The test on a palette of different classes of commercially
available dyes spanning four excitation and emission filter spectra
indicated that only a small number of fluorophores were suitable
for the study. The fluorescence stability of the dyes after 24 h
TFA and PITC/pyridine incubation shortlisted six fluorophores that
showed <40% change in fluorescence (see FIG. 36a).
[0364] Among the narrowed set of fluorophores in the red and
far-red fluorescence channels which showed a stable fluorescence,
the dyes with rigid core structures such as rhodamine dyes
(tetramethyl rhodamine, Alexa Fluor 555) and atto dyes (such as
Atto647N, shown in FIG. 36b) were used for further studies. Since
the fluorescence imaging was performed at neutral pH, it is likely
that the fluorescence properties of some of the chemically unstable
fluorophores can be modified if the right protonation state is
induced. Some dyes like Hilyte-488 and BODIPY-FL showed shifts in
their fluorescence spectra after their incubation under acidic
conditions and were incapable of reverting back to its original
fluorescence profile after solvent washes and incubation with pH 7
buffer (see FIG. 36b for BODIPY-FL example).
[0365] While most of the dyes exhibited binding at the periphery,
some fluorophores seemed to have high internal binding. Given the
highly branched nature of the polystyrene bead matrix and the
grafted polyethylene glycol layer, it is possible that the internal
fluorescence represents non-specific binding of the dyes to
hydrophobic pockets. Many fluorophores, which were added in large
excess, could possess different extents of non-specific binding
despite the repeated washes with solvents.
[0366] The reasons for the chemical instability of certain
fluorophores are unclear and broad generalizations cannot be made
based on core structure alone. Many commercially available
fluorophores such as Hilyte647 (Anaspec, Calif., USA) are packaged
and sold with TFA salts and yet surprisingly were not found to be
acid stable under prolonged incubation. However, some empirical
reasoning can explain the lack of stability of some fluorophores
containing linear unsaturated bonds (polyenes), such as those found
in cyanine or some BODIPY and Alexa Fluor dyes under prolonged TFA
incubation. It is hypothesized that the protonation of unsaturated
bonds under acidic conditions, induces a cis-trans isomerization
reaction, thereby changing the underlying electronics of the
fluorescence structure of the dyes [134]. Due to the commercial
availability of cheap dyes and a long history on the study of
rhodamine dyes and their functionalization, further studies
involved rhodamine dyes, especially tetramethylrhodamine.
[0367] B: The Amide Bond Formed Between Succinate Ester and Amine
Coated Beads is Specific and Occurs at the Bead Periphery.
[0368] The set of fluorophores discovered herein stable to the
Edman solvents also highlights the fact that the amide bond formed
between the succinimidyl (succinate) ester of the fluorophores and
the free amines on the Tentagel bead was chemically inert to the
harsh Edman conditions used in the experiment. The specificity of
this amide bond formation was tested by comparing it with control
experiments involving a carboxyl or a hydrazide functional group on
Alexa Fluor 555 dye with the amine coated Tentagel beads (see FIG.
37). Internal binding of the dye was observed in these control
experiments, while a clear peripheral binding was observed with the
succinimidyl ester variant of the Alexa Fluor 555. It was not clear
whether the nature of binding between a maleimide variant of Alexa
Fluor 555 with the thiol Tentagel beads and the isothiocyanate
derivative of the tetramethylrhodamine dye was specific. This might
have been due to the poor loading of the fluorophore. The radial
profile (shown in the image inset) elucidates the image processing
methodology where covalently bound fluorophores are clustered in
the periphery of the beads while non-specifically adsorbed
fluorophores are trapped within the beads.
[0369] C: Peptides can be Covalently Immobilized by their Carboxyl
Functional Group.
[0370] Among the different immobilization schemes investigated, the
knowledge of the stability of the amide bond between the succinate
ester and amine surface was used to optimize a crosslinking
procedure to immobilize peptides to the amine surface via their
carboxyl termini [135]. Many solid phase Edman reactions have
employed the use of EDC chemistry to immobilize peptides onto resin
supports [85]. By performing EDC chemistry on amine coated glass
beads and Tentagel beads, an exemplary scheme was developed for
covalently immobilizing peptides on the solid supports. It is
contemplated that the N-terminal amine group of the fluorescently
labeled peptide protected by either boc or fmoc protecting group
prevents the formation of the peptide concatemers. If the amines on
the peptide are not protected, then amide bond formation would
occur between the carboxyl and the free amine group of peptides in
the presence of EDC.
[0371] It was observed that the fluorescence intensity of these
immobilized peptides on Tentagel beads was unchanged with 24 hour
incubation with the Edman solvents (see FIG. 38a). Owing to the
probable presence of hydrophobic pockets between the polymer
matrices in Tentagel beads, which may give rise to false
interpretation of binding, the EDC test was also done on
aminosilane coated glass beads (FIG. 38b). Under conditions
prohibiting amide bond formation, there was little to no binding on
the glass beads. Thus was demonstrated a strategy to immobilize
peptides covalently on amine surface and show the stability of the
bonds and surface to incubations with Edman solvents.
[0372] D: Fluorescence of Rhodamine Dyes is pH Dependent.
[0373] The fluorescence from rhodamine dyes has been known to be pH
dependent [136] requiring efforts to determine the most suitable
imaging buffer. The investigation of pH dependence on the
fluorescence properties of four different rhodamine labeled
peptides (see FIG. 39 for structure and positional nomenclature for
rhodamine dyes and the peptides), indicated an environmentally
induced variation in their behavior.
[0374] The acidic environment of the imaging buffer (pH 1.0) caused
the highest fluorescence of the rhodamine labeled peptides (FIG.
40a). However the pH effect was most profound in the case of
peptides labeled with rhodamine B (peptide A) and rhodamine 101
(peptide B). This effect did not seem to occur for the case of
tetramethylrhodamine labeled peptide (peptide C). The peptides A
and B showed pH dependent fluorescence because the amide nitrogen
foound at the 3' position is closer to the carbon position at 9 (or
1') and results in a 5 membered ring formation. This spirolactam
ring is known to quench fluorescence and occurs at a pH higher than
3.1 [137]. This spirolactam formation does not occur for
tetramethylrhodamine since the succinate ester is present at the
5'-6' position is not accessible to the central ring. The
spironolactone formation, involving a ring formation with the
carboxylate oxygen (at 3' position) can potentially quench
fluorescence but requires a strong base such as piperidine. To test
the hypothesis and prevent spirolactam formation in rhodamine B, we
added an N,N'-dimethylethylenediamine (DMEDA) linker between the
rhodamine B fluorophore and the aspartic acid side chain of the
peptide resulting in the methylated amine at the 3' position. This
prevented ring closure of the rhodamine B variant and was
demonstrated by the independence of its fluorescence intensity with
different pH imaging buffers.
[0375] By exploiting the fluorescence dependence on pH for the
different fluorophores, the fluorescence from a dye based on its pH
and emission spectra is contemplated for use in the methods of the
present inventions. While the highest fluorescence of rhodamine B
dye was observed in pH 1 buffer in the TRITC filter channel, the
5,6-carboxynaphthofluorescein had its highest intensity in the pH
10 buffer in the Cy5 filter channel (FIG. 40b).
[0376] This information is contemplated for use in a novel method
of isolating two neighboring fluorophores from transferring
resonance energy and thus preventing quenching or FRET (Forester
Resonance Energy transfer) behavior [37]. In one embodiment
rhodamine dyes such as the ones used here would be used for this
method.
[0377] E. Edman Degradation Occurs at High Efficiency on Tentagel
Beads.
[0378] After determining the stability of the fluorophore and the
amide bond between the peptide's carboxyl and the surface's amine
groups, we tested the efficiency of Edman chemistry on three
different peptides differing in the position of its fluorescently
labeled Lysine residue. Four cycles of Edman degradation were
performed in parallel on the three peptides with the
sequences--(fmoc)-K*A, (fmoc)-GK*A and (fmoc)-K*AK*A (SEQ ID NO:
15) (K* represents the Lysine labeled with tetramethylrhodamine at
its E position). The peptides were immobilized on Tentagel beads
via their C-termini and the fmoc protecting group at their
N-termini was removed by incubation with 20% Piperidine in DMF for
1 hour prior to Edman degradation. To control for any false
enhancements or decreases in fluorescence of beads due to effect of
solvents and not the Edman chemistry, the "Mock" degradation scheme
of solvent incubation and washes were used. A "Mock" Edman cycle is
similar to a regular Edman cycle, but without the reactive
phenylisothiocyanate reagent in the coupling solvent. The
fluorescence profile of the beads through the Mock and Edman
degradation cycles shows a statistically significant step drop
coinciding with the position of the labeled Lysine. As shown in
FIG. 41, Edman degradation was performed on three
tetramethylrhodamine labeled synthetic peptides (K*A, GK*A and
K*AK*A (SEQ ID NO: 15)) immobilized to Tentagel-NH2 beads via their
C-terminal carboxyl group and blocked by fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl
(fmoc) at their N-terminal amines. After deblocking the peptide,
the step decrease in fluorescence intensity (in the TRITC channel)
for each peptide coincided with the position of the labeled Lysine
as shown in the bar chart (a). Any loss of fluorescence occurring
due to the use of solvents is controlled by the mock experimental
cycle. A 60-70% decrease in the overall intensity after the Edman
cycles is observed for all the beads. The panel of images (with the
radial profile in the inset) are representative fluorescent images
of the beads for each of the peptide used across all the
experimental cycles. They provide a visual illustration of the
decrease in the fluorescence of the beads that coincides with the
position of the labeled Lysine residue. The fluorescent bead images
are acquired in the TRITC channel (see methods for filter setup
used) at an acquisition of 20 milliseconds under pH 1 imaging
buffer.
[0379] Thus by tracking the fluorescence intensity decrease with
Edman cycle, the positional information of Lysine residues in the
three peptides is obtained. The determination of this positional
information is the basis for fluorosequencing.
[0380] Thus, a protocol used for Edman degradation was adapted and
optimized from similar solid phase chemistry [70,78] and showed
efficiency of cleavage ranging from 60-90%. Since Tentagel beads
are heavily PEGylated (comprising of polyethylene glycol (PEG)
polymers), a number of sites are contemplated as available for
strong non-specific binding of the hydrophobic peptides. Due to the
accumulation of functional groups and thereby covalent peptide
binding at the periphery of the bead the true fluorescence
intensity of the peptides on the bead was calculated in the area
under its radial profile. Due to the unambiguous occurrence of a
two-step drop in fluorescence intensity at Edman cycle 2 and 4 for
the doubly labeled peptide (fmoc)-K*AK*A (SEQ ID NO: 15) or the
presence of a single step drop at Edman cycle 2 for the case of
(fmoc)-GK*A, Edman efficiency eas estimated to be largely greater
than 50%, at least in the preceding steps. A lower efficiency would
result in a decay of fluorescence with Edman cycles as opposed to a
stepwise drop. The high efficiency of Edman degradation on these
fluorescently labeled peptide variants demonstrate the practicality
of performing fluorosequencing and Edman degradation on long
fluorescently labeled peptides. [0381] 75. Laursen R A. Solid-Phase
Edman Degradation. An Automatic Peptide Sequencer. Eur J Biochem.
1971;20: 89-102. [0382] 85. Herbrink P, Tesser G I, Lamberts J J M.
Solid phase Edman degradation. High yield attachment of tryptic
protein fragments to aminated supports. FEBS Lett. 1975;60:
313-316. [0383] 87. Previero A, Derancourt J, Coletti-Previero M-A,
Laursen R A. Solid phase sequential analysis: Specific linking of
acidic peptides by their carboxyl ends to insoluble resins. FEBS
Lett. 1973; 33: 135-138. [0384] 117. Doolittle L R, Mross G A,
Fothergill L A, Doolittle R F. A simple solid-phase amino acid
sequencer employing a thioacetylation stepwise degradation
procedure. Anal [0385] 128. Thoma R S, Smith J S, Sandoval W, Leone
J W, Hunziker P, Hampton B, et al. The ABRF Edman Sequencing
Research Group 2008 Study: investigation into homopolymeric amino
acid N-terminal sequence tags and their effects on automated Edman
degradation. J Biomol Tech. 2009; 20: 216-25. [0386] 129. Jin S-W,
Shan-Zhen X, Xiu-Lan Z, Tian-Bou T. Study on New Edman-type
Reagents. In: Wittmann-Liebold B, editor. Methods in Protein
Sequence Analysis. Berlin, Heidelberg: Springer Berlin Heidelberg;
1989. pp. 34-41.130. Fredkin E. Trie memory. Commun ACM. ACM; 1960;
3: 490-499.
[0387] 132. Gooley A A, Classon B J, Marschalek R, Williams K L.
Glycosylation sites identified by detection of glycosylated amino
acids released from Edman degradation: The identification of
Xaa-Pro-Xaa-Xaa as a motif for Thr-O-glycosylation. Biochem Biophys
Res Commun. 1991; 178: 1194-1201. [0388] 133. McAlpine S R,
Schreiber S L. Visualizing Functional Group Distribution in
Solid-Support Beads by Using Optical Analysis. Chem--A Eur J. 1999;
5: 3528-3532. [0389] 134. Valeur B. Molecular Fluorescence:
Principles and Applications. Wiley-VCH; 2002. [0390] 135. Hermanson
G T. Bioconjugate Techniques. Bioconjugate Techniques. Elsevier;
2013. [0391] 136. Czaplyski W L, Purnell G E, Roberts C A, Allred R
M, Harbron E J. Substituent effects on the turn-on kinetics of
rhodamine-based fluorescent pH probes. Org Biomol Chem. The Royal
Society of Chemistry; 2014;12: 526-33. [0392] 137. Yuan L, Lin W,
Feng Y. A rational approach to tuning the pKa values of rhodamines
for living cell fluorescence imaging. Org Biomol Chem. Royal
Society of Chemistry; 2011; 9: 1723-6. [0393] 138. Bradski G.
OpenCV. Dr Dobb's J Softw Tools. 2000
EXAMPLE IV
Exemplary Materials and Methods Used for Example V
[0394] A. General Peptide Synthesis.
[0395] For automated, Fmoc amino solid-phase peptide synthesis,
OtBu (Asp, Glu), Boc (Lys, Trp), tBu (Tyr) were used.
Fmoc-protected amino acids were purchased from Novabiochem (USA)
and AAPPTec (USA). Fmoc-Cys(Trt)-Wang resin (100-200 mesh) and
4-Fmoc-hydrazinobenzoyl resin AM Novagel.TM. was purchased from
Novabiochem (USA). Tentagel Thiol Resin was purchased from
Chem-Impex International Incoroporated (USA). Other chemicals used
for automated, solid-phase peptide synthesis were purchased from
Fisher Scientific and Sigma-Aldrich. Reagents used for orthogonal
labeling studies were iodoacetamide (IA),
2-methylthio-2-imadazoline hydroiodide (MDI), sodium methoxide,
diethylchlorophosphate,
2-(3-Methylbutyryl)-5,5-dimethyl-1,3-cyclohexandione, benzylamine
(BA), isobutylamine, 3-dimethylaminopropylamine (DMAPA),
1-amino-3-butyne (AB), (7-Azabenzotriazol-1-yl
oxy)tripyrrolidinophosphonium hexafluorophosphate (PyAOP),
N-methylmorpholine (NMMO), and 2,4-Dinitrobenzenesulfenyl chloride
(DBSC). Chemicals were purchased from Sigma-Aldrich.
[0396] A Prelude peptide synthesizer (Protein Technologies, Inc.)
was used for automated-solid phase synthesis. Preparative HPLC
purification of peptides was performed using an Agilent Zorbax
SB-C18 Prep HT column 21.2.times.250 mm. Analytical HPLC
characterization of peptides was performed using an Agilent Zorbax
column 4.6.times.250 mm; 1 ml/min, 5-95% MeCN (0.1% TFA) in 40 min
(RT). An Agilent Technologies 6530 Accurate Mass QTofLC/MS was used
for high-resolution mass spectra of purified peptides. Solvents
used were HPLC grade.
[0397] KDYWEC (SEQ ID NO: 3) was synthesized using
Fmoc-Cys(Trt)-Wang Resin by sequential coupling of
N.sub..alpha.-Fmoc-amino acid (0.1 M) in DMF in the presence of
N,N,N,N-Tetramethyl-O-(1H-benzotriazol-1-yl)uronium
hexafluorophosphate (HBTU, 0.15 M) and DIPEA (0.2 M) with a
reaction time of 30 minutes at room temperature. A total of three
repetitions were performed for each amino acid building block. DMF
(3 ml, 3 min, 3.times.) and DCM (3 ml, 3 min, 3.times.) washes were
done before each repetition. Post synthesis, resin was washed with
glacial AcOH (5 ml, 3.times.), DCM (5 ml, 3.times.), and MeOH (5
ml, 3.times.). The resin was placed under vacuum overnight. Peptide
was cleaved from resin using trifluoroacetic acid (TFA),
triisopropylsilane, 1,2-ethanedithiol (EDT), and nanopure water
(94:1.0:2.5:2.5), and precipitated with diethyl ether at 0.degree.
C. No further purification of the crude peptide was necessary.
KDYWE (SEQ ID NO: 4) was synthesized using 4-Fmoc-hydrazinobenzoyl
resin AM Novagel.TM.. Synthesis of peptides, resin washing, and
solvent removal was done as described. TFA, TIS, and nanopure water
were used (95:2.5:2.5) to deprotect the side chains, and the
peptide remained immobilized on the solid support.
[0398] B. Solution Phase Labeling Studies of KDYWEC (SEQ ID NO:
3).
[0399] Labeling of Cysteine with iodoacetamide. Peptide 1 (75
.mu.mole) was dissolved in 0.4 ml of nanopure water. A solution
consisting of 0.37 mL of MeOH/Pyr/TEA/nanopure H.sub.2O (7/1/1/1)
(v/v/v/v) was introduced (adjusting to pH 8), followed by addition
of iodoacetamide (97 .mu.mole). The reaction was incubated for 2
hrs at RT.
[0400] Labeling of Lysine with 2-methoxy-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazole
(3). In the same pot, 0.5 ml of a 7 N solution of NH.sub.4OH was
added, followed by introduction of MDI (SI) (750 .mu.mole). The
reaction mixture was incubated for 24 mins at 65.degree. C.,
followed by introduction of TFA (0.3 ml) at 0.degree. C. The crude
peptide was prepared for preparative HPLC using an Extract
Clean.TM. C.sub.18 500 mg/4 ml solid phase extraction column (SI).
The peptide was purified using preparative HPLC, and the organic
solvent in the peptide fraction was removed via rotary evaporation.
Aqueous remnants were frozen at -78.degree. C. and lyophilized
overnight. Purified yield: (29 .mu.mole) 38%. High-res MS: found
m/z 968.39360, calcd. 968.39310 (M+H).sup.+; found m/z 966.37880,
calcd. 966.37850 (M-H).sup.-
[0401] Labeling the N-terminus with
1-(4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxocyclohexylidene)-3-methylbutyl diethyl
phosphate (Phos-ivDde) (4). Peptide 3 (12 .mu.mole) was dissolved
in 0.1 ml of nanopure water, followed by dilution with 0.2 ml of
MeCN. To the solution, 0.12 ml of 7/2/1 MeOH/TEA/H.sub.2O (v/v/v)
was introduced. A solution of Phos-ivDde (SI) (18 .mu.mole) was
introduced. The solution was incubated overnight at RT. The peptide
was purified using preparative HPLC. Organic solvent in peptide
fraction was removed via rotary evaporator. Aqueous remnants were
frozen at -78.degree. C. and lyophilized overnight. Purified yield:
(8 .mu.mole) 67%. High-res MS: found m/z 1174.52380, calcd.
1174.52380 (M+H).sup.+; found m/z 1172.50750, calcd. 1172.50920
(M-H).sup.-.
[0402] Labeling the carboxylate side chains and C-terminus with
benzylamine (BA) (5). Peptide 4 (51 .mu.mole) was dissolved in 0.2
ml of 3/1 MeOH/H.sub.2O (v/v). In a separate vial, benzylamine (1.3
mmole) was dissolved in 0.1 ml of MeCN, followed by addition of
NMMO (1.0 mmole). The BA/NMMO solution was introduced to the
peptide solution, followed by addition of solid PyAOP (0.51 mmole)
and anhydrous HOBt (0.56 mmole). 0.1 ml of MeCN was introduced to
improve the solubility of PyAOP/HOBt. Benzylamine (1.3 mmole) and
PyAOP (0.51 mmole) was added after 15 mins of incubation at RT. The
solution was incubated for a total of 4 hrs at RT. The peptide was
purified using preparative HPLC. The organic solvent in the peptide
fraction was removed via rotary evaporation. Aqueous remnants were
frozen at -78.degree. C. and lyophilized overnight. Purifed yield:
(15 .mu.mole) 29%. High-res MS: found m/z 1441.71230, calcd.
1441.71260 (M+H).sup.+; found m/z 1439.69600, calcd. 1439.69800
(M-H).sup.-.
[0403] Labeling the carboxylate side chains and C-terminus with
3-dimethylaminopropylamine (6). Peptide 4 (11 .mu.mole) was
dissolved in 0.2 ml of dry DMF. DMAPA (1.6 mmole) and NMMO (1.4
mmole) were combined in a separate vial. The amine/NMMO solution
was introduced to the peptide solution, followed by addition of
solid PyAOP (1.9 mmole). The solution was incubated for 24 hrs at
RT. The sample was placed in a centrifugal evaporator for 21 hrs at
35.degree. C. The resulting oil was dissolved in 1.5 ml of 2/1
H.sub.2O/DMF (v/v), and purified by prep HPLC. The organic solvent
in the peptide fraction was removed via rotary evaporation. Aqueous
remnants were frozen at -78.degree. C. and lyophilized overnight.
Purified yield: (2.4 .mu.mole) 23%. High-res MS: found m/z
812.91050, calcd. 812.91000 (M+2H).sup.+2; found m/z 1439.69600,
calcd. 1439.69800 (M-H).sup.-.
[0404] Labeling the carboxylate side chains and C-terminus with
isobutylamine (7). Isobutylamine and NMMO were combined in a
separate vial with 0.1 ml DMF. Amine/NMMO solution was introduced
to peptide 4 (20 .mu.mole), followed by introduction of solid
PyAOP. The solution was incubated for 3 hrs at RT, following
quenching with 1 ml of H.sub.2O. The solution was placed in
centrifugal evaporator for 14 hrs at 35.degree. C. The residual oil
was dissolved in 1.5 ml of 1/1 H.sub.2O/MeCN (v/v) and purified via
prep HPLC. An impurity and desired compound eluted at the same
time. The peptide was therefore subjected to subsequent labeling of
Tryptophan directly.
[0405] Labeling Tryptophan in peptide 6 (8). Peptide 6 (19
.mu.mole) was dissolved in 1 ml of glacial acetic acid, followed by
introduction of 2,4-dinitrobenzenesulfenyl chloride (57 .mu.mole).
The reaction was shaken for 4 hrs at RT. Glacial acetic acid was
removed by rotary evaporation. The residual film was dissolved in
1/1 MeCN/H.sub.2O (v/v), and purified via preparative HPLC. The
organic solvent in the peptide fraction was removed via rotary
evaporation. Aqueous remnants were frozen at -78.degree. C. and
lyophilized overnight. Purified yield: (6.4 .mu.mole) 32%. High-res
MS: found m/z 812.91050, calcd. 812.91000 (M+2H).sup.2-; found m/z
1622.79650, calcd. 1622.79810 (M-H).sup.-.
[0406] Labeling Tryptophan in peptide 7 (9). Peptide 7 (6.2
.mu.mole) was dissolved in 1 ml of glacial acetic acid, followed by
introduction of 2,4-dinitrobenzenesulfenyl chloride (19 .mu.mole).
The reaction was shaken for 4 hrs at RT. The peptide was purified
using preparative HPLC. The organic solvent in the peptide fraction
was removed via rotary evaporator. Aqueous remnants were frozen at
-78.degree. C. and lyophilized overnight. Purified yield: (6.4
.mu.mole) 49%. High-res MS: found m/z 769.37050, calcd. 769.37020
(M+2H).sup.2-; found m/z 1535.71420, calcd. 1535.71850
(M-H).sup.-.
[0407] C. Solid-Phase Labeling Studies of KDYWE (SEQ ID NO: 4).
[0408] Before and after each labeling step, the resin was washed
with DMF and DCM (3 mL, 3 mins, 3.times.). Resins where placed
under high vacuum overnight before cleavage at each step. Copper
acetate (0.3 mmole) was dissolved in 3 ml 45/45/10
MeCN/H.sub.2O/Pyr (v/v/v).The copper acetate solution was
introduced to the dried resin and incubated for 4 hrs at RT. This
solution was removed from the resin and collected, followed by
washing with 1/1 MeCN/H.sub.2O (v/v) (1 ml, 3 mins, 3.times.);
washes were collected.
[0409] Labeling the Lysine with 2-methoxy-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazole
in (2). Resin (130 mg, 0.66 mmole g.sup.-1). To the swollen resin,
3 ml of a 200 mM solution of 2-methoxy-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazole in
7/2/1 MeOH/DIPEA/H.sub.2O (v/v/v) was added. The resin was
incubated overnight at RT. The peptide was cleaved from the resin
using copper acetate solution, and the. MeCN and pyridine were
removed by rotary evaporation. The remaining aqueous solution was
frozen at -78.degree. C. and lyophilized overnight. The resulting
solid was dissolved in 1.5 ml of 1/1 MeCN/H.sub.2O (v/v) and
purified by prep HPLC. Organic solvent in peptide fraction was
removed via rotary evaporator. Aqueous remnants were frozen at
-78.degree. C. and lyophilized overnight. Purified yield: (1.4
.mu.mole) 2%. High-res MS: found m/z 910.45740, calcd. 910.45700
(M+H).sup.+; found m/z 908.44300, calcd. 908.44240 (M-H).sup.-.
[0410] Labeling the carboxylates and c-terminus (10).
1-Amino-3-butyne (0.61 mmole) was dissolved in NMMO (0.45 mmole),
and the mixture was diluted with 1 ml of DMF. PyAOP (0.40 mmole)
was separately dissolved in 2 ml DMF. The amine/NMMO solution was
introduced to the resin, followed by introduction of the PyAOP
solution. The resin was incubated overnight at RT, followed rinsing
with MeOH (3 ml, 3 mins, 3.times.). The peptide was cleaved with 55
.mu.mole of Cu(OAc).sub.2, and the MeCN and pyridine were removed
by rotary evaporation. The remaining aqueous solution was frozen at
-78.degree. C. and lyophilized overnight. The solid was dissolved
in 1.5 ml of 1/1/ MeCN/H2O (v/v) and purified by prep HPLC. The
organic solvent in the peptide fraction was removed via rotary
evaporation, and aqueous remnants were frozen at -78.degree. C. and
lyophilized overnight. Purified yield: (1.4 .mu.mole) 2%. High-res
MS: found m/z 910.45740, calcd. 910.45700 (M+H).sup.+; found m/z
908.44300, calcd. 908.44240 (M-H).sup.-.
[0411] Tryptophan labeling of immobilized peptide (11). Immobilized
peptide 10 was prepared as described using 193 mg of the same
resin. 2,4-Dinitrobenzenesulfenyl chloride (0.30 mmole) was
dissolved in 3 ml of glacial acetic acid. This solution was
introduced to the swollen resin, and incubated for 4 hrs at RT. The
solution was removed from the resin, and 6 ml of DMF was
continuously passed through the resin. The peptide was cleaved from
the resin using copper acetate solution, and MeCN and pyridine were
removed by rotary evaporation. Remaining aqueous solution was
frozen at -78.degree. C. and lyophilized overnight. The solid was
dissolved in 1.5 ml of 1/1/ MeCN/H2O (v/v) and purified by prep
HPLC, and the organic solvent in peptide fraction was removed via
rotary evaporator. The aqueous remnants were frozen at -78.degree.
C. and lyophilized overnight. Purified yield: (5.4 .mu.mole) 4%.
High-res MS: found m/z 1108.42840, calcd. 1108.43050 (M+H).sup.+;
found m/z 1106.41400, calcd. 1106.41600 (M-H).sup.-.
[0412] Cleavage of peptide 11 from hydrazinobenzoyl resin using
H.sub.2O. Cleavage of the peptide was performed as described with
copper acetate (0.3 mmole) dissolved in 3 ml of 45/45/10
MeCN/H.sub.2O/Pyr (v/v/v). MeCN and pyridine were removed by rotary
evaporation, and the remaining aqueous solution was frozen at
-78.degree. C. and lyophilized overnight. The solid was dissolved
in 1.5 ml of 1/1/ MeCN/H2O (v/v) and purified by prep HPLC. The
organic solvent in the peptide fraction was removed via rotary
evaporation. Aqueous remnants were frozen at -78.degree. C. and
lyophilized overnight. Purified yield: (5.4 .mu.mole) 4%. High-res
MS: found m/z 1108.42840, calcd. 1108.43050 (M+H).sup.+; found m/z
1106.41400, calcd. 1106.41600 (M-H).sup.-.
[0413] Cleavage of peptide 12 from hydrazinobenzoyl resin. Copper
acetate (0.33 mmole) was dissolved in 3 ml of 9/8.3/1.6
MeCN/Pyr/1-amino-3-butyne (v/v/v). Solution was introduced to
swollen resin. The resin was incubated for 4 hrs at RT, Followed by
filtration to collect the solution. MeCN and pyridine were removed
by rotary evaporation. Washes of the resin with DMF (3 ml, 3 mins,
3.times.) were used, to improve the solubility of the peptide. The
solvent was removed by centrifugal evaporation (35.degree. C., 24
hrs). The solid was dissolved in 1.5 ml of 1/1/MeCN/H2O (v/v) and
purified by prep HPLC. The organic solvent in the peptide fraction
was removed via rotary evaporation and the aqueous remnants were
frozen at -78.degree. C. and lyophilized overnight. Purified yield:
(5 .mu.mole) 5%. High-res MS: found m/z 1159.47250, calcd.
1159.47780 (M+H).sup.+; found m/z 1157.46220, calcd. 1157.46330
(M-H).sup.-.
[0414] D: Preparation of Labeling Reagents.
[0415] 2-Methoxy-4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazole was prepared following a
literature protocol. (Peters E C, Horn D M, Tully D C, Brock A. A
novel multifunctional labeling reagent for enhanced protein
characterization with mass spectrometry. Rapid Commun. Mass
Spectrom. 2001; 15: 2387-2392.
[0416] 1-(4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxocyclohexylidene)-3-methylbutyl
diethyl phosphate was prepared by dissolving of
2-(3-methylbutyryl)-5,5-dimethyl-1,3-cyclohexandione (17 .mu.mole)
in 0.5 ml of dry MeCN under argon. Solution was placed in ice bath.
DIEA (20 .mu.mole) was introduced, followed by slow introduction of
diethylchlorophosphate (22 .mu.mole). Reaction was stirred
overnight at RT. Yield: quantitative. Low-res MS: found m/z 457.0,
calcd. 457.2 (M+H).sup.+. (Adapted from Zhang, H. A process for the
preparation of the intermediate of .beta.-methyl carbapenem. WO
2007104219 A1, Sep. 20, 2007.)
[0417] E: Desalting of Peptide 4.
[0418] Crude peptide was prepared for preparative HPLC using an
Extract Clean' C.sub.18 500 mg/4 ml solid phase extraction column.
Column was flushed with 6 ml of 90/10 MeOH/H.sub.2O with 0.1% TFA
(v/v/v) at a flow rate of 1 drop sec.sup.-1(RT), followed by
equilibration with 3 ml of 0.1% TFA in water (v/v) at a flow rate
of 1 drop sec.sup.-1. Acidified peptide solution was loaded on the
column 1 drop sec.sup.-1 (RT). Peptide was eluted with 1 ml 5%
MeOH/Water with 0.1% TFA (v/v/v). Residually bound peptide was
eluted with 50/50 MeCN/Water with 0.1% TFA (v/v/v).
EXAMPLE V
Demonstrates Exemplary Solution-Phase and Solid-Phase (Resin)
Orthogonal Labeling of Side Chains in KDYWEC (SEQ ID NO: 3) and
KDYWE (SEQ ID NO: 4)
[0419] This Example describes in general: (i) labeling Cysteine
residues with iodoacetamide (ii) Lysine residues with a
guanidylating handle (iii) labeling carboxylic acid residues with
benzylamine and other variants and (iv) Tryptophan by
sulfenylchloride variants. For the solid phase labeling, Cysteine
was not labeled. Instead the solid-phase procedure began with
labeling Lysine residues.
[0420] A: Solution Phase Orthogonal Labeling.
[0421] The order of steps in FIG. 43 took into consideration the
nucleophilicity and acid/base-dependent reactivity of the target
side chains in KDYWEC (SEQ ID NO: 3). This peptide was synthesized
to contain the most reactive natural amino acids. The sulfhydryl
group in Cysteine is the most nucleophilic, and is prone to
oxidation and disulfide bond formation. To ensure selectivity in
future labeling steps, Cysteine was first alkylated with
iodoacetamide, forming a stable thioether. Maintaining a pH between
7-8 ensured the amines remained protonated, thus limiting the
possibility of undesired alkylation. Subsequently, the pH was
raised to 11 and 2-methylthio-2-imidazoline hydroiodide (MDI) was
introduced. Labeling of the N.sub..epsilon.-amine occurred in 24
minutes when heated to 50.degree. C. Longer reaction times
increased the extent of N-terminal labeling. The two labeling steps
were performed in one-pot. The yield of peptide 3 after
purification was 38% and starting material was not observed.
Because the Lysine was labeled while heating under highly basic
conditions, the thioester and guanidinium group were considered to
be stable in future derivatization steps.
[0422] Of the remaining nucleophilic sites, the N-terminus was
first targeted. Protection of the N-terminus was required previous
to labeling of aspartate, glutamate, and C-terminus. If not,
concatenation of peptides could occur during amidation. The
labeling conditions of the N-terminus also required a group
compatible to both basic and acidic conditions in subsequent
derivatization steps. Literature accounts have reported using
1-(4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxocyclohexylidene)-3-methylbutyl for
protecting amines in peptide synthesis. The protecting group is
stable to highly basic and acidic conditions, and is removed under
hydrazinolysis conditions (Eq. 1). [9]
##STR00001##
[0423] However, refluxing overnight to efficiently add the
protecting group is common. Heating overnight was undesired so as
to minimize unwanted degradation. Thus,
1-(4,4-dimethyl-2,6-dioxocyclohexylidene)-3-methylbutyl diethyl
phosphate was utilized as an alternative. Diethyl phosphate was
anticipated to be a better leaving group, thereby facilitating the
reaction (Eq. 2). This compound was formed with chloro diethyl
phosphate in situ, followed by incubation with a basic solution of
peptide 3 overnight. Post-purification the yield of peptide 4 was
67%.
##STR00002##
[0424] After the nucleophiles in the model peptide were labeled,
the carboxyl groups were targeted. Amidation has been used for
derivatization of aspartate, glutamate, and the C-terminus. [10]
Unlike the labeling of Lysine, distinguishing among these target
side chains was not possible. Also, because there were three sites
for reaction, an efficient labeling approach was necessary. Highly
efficient, global labeling using
(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yloxy)tripyrrolidinophosphonium
hexafluorophosphate (PyAOP) and n-methylmorpholine (NMMO) has been
reported. [4] Using these amidation reagents,
dimethylaminopropylamine (DMAPA), benzylamine (BA), and
isobutylamine were used for labeling. Peptide 5 dissolved in
MeCN/H.sub.2O mixtures, and purification of peptide was possible.
Yields for peptide 5 and 6 were 29% and 23%, respectively.
Isobutylamine was explored as a mass label believed to be an
intermediate hydrophobic compound when compared to BA and DMAPA.
Desired product was not isolated during HPLC purification. Peptide
6 readily dissolved in MeCN/H.sub.2O mixtures, but coeluted with an
impurity characterized by LCMS as m/z 313.4 The impurity was
removed after synthesizing peptide 8.
[0425] Tryptophan was the remaining target. As a less abundant
amino acid in nature, the ability to label this side chain can be
informative for determining the protein origin of peptides in
proteomic studies. [11] In synthetic peptide design, incorporating
an additional site for derivatization increases the repertoire of
side chains to modify. Therefore, devising an orthogonal labeling
strategy incorporating modification of Tryptophan was seen as
important. Cysteine reacting with sulfenyl chlorides has been
reported. [12] Competition between the Tryptophan and Cysteine was
minimized when glacial acetic acid was used as the solvent. Under
acidic conditions Tryptophan was selectively labeled in the
presence of unprotected N-terminus and Lysine. Thus, considering
the high selectivity of sulfenyl chlorides for Tryptophan, this
labeling step theoretically could have been the first one. The
advantage to labeling the Tryptophan last was the relative ease of
the reaction. Peptides 5 and 6 readily dissolved in glacial acetic
acid, and the reaction occurred in 4 hrs at RT.
2,4-Dinitrobenzenesulfenyl chloride (DBSC) was a chromophore and
peptides could also be monitored at 330 nm. Yields were 32% and 49%
for peptides 8 and 9, respectively.
[0426] B: Solid-Phase Orthogonal Labeling.
[0427] Efforts to label on solid phase supports were explored once
the target side chains were successfully modified in solution.
Synthetic peptides have been commonly modified when immobilized on
a solid support, usually at reactive side chains such as Lysine.
[13] Requirements for successful solid-phase reactions include
making sure reaction is highly specific. Further, the reagents must
be able to diffuse into the resin to reach sites for reaction. A
high concentration of starting material in the bulk solution
ensures a concentration gradient is formed for reactants to
diffuse. [14] Inherent in this study was devising an approach that
selectively labeled target side chains in a sequential fashion.
Therefore, a requirement for specificity was met. Literature and
the work presented here, have demonstrated excess reagent can be
used while maintaining that selectivity. The final requirement for
solid-phase studies was using a resin that would not cleave with
acid or base. 4-Fmoc-hydrazinobenzoyl resin AM was selected,
because literature accounts describe the stability towards strong
acids and bases. Peptides immobilized on this resin were only
isolated after oxidative cleavage with Cu(II) and base. [15-16]The
pH of the solution could not be reliably controlled without the use
of buffers or aqueous mixtures. Thus, for solid-phase studies,
Cysteine was not labeled, reactions were kept at room temperature,
and organic solvents were used. The rest of the targeted side
chains studied in solution were also present for solid-phase
labeling.
[0428] FIG. 44 summarizes the labeling reaction performed on the
solid support for peptide KDYWE (SEQ ID NO: 4). The first side
chain targeted was the Lysine. Two changes were made from the
solution approach. The reaction time was longer, and the
immobilized peptide was incubated overnight with MDI. A solution of
MeOH/DIPEA/H.sub.2O (7:2:1) (v/v/v) was used instead of a solution
of NH.sub.4OH. Overnight incubation and the use of DIPEA have been
reported in the literature. [17] The doubly labeled peptide was not
observed with an overnight reaction at RT, however, the reaction
time was extended to 48 hrs, formation of doubly labeled peptide
occurred.
[0429] Selectivity for the N.sub..epsilon.-amine can be explained
due to inductive and steric effects. Since the N.sub..epsilon.
amine in Lysine is part of a hydrocarbon chain and not adjacent to
an electron-withdrawing amide group, the amine has greater electron
density. Thus, the Lysine side chain amine is more nucleophilc than
the .alpha.-amine. Furthermore, the N-terminal amine is closer to
the amide backbone, impeding MDI due to sterics. The same inductive
and steric affects played a role when labeling KDYWEC (SEQ ID NO:
3) in solution phase. However, lowering the reaction temperature
from 60.degree. C. to RT made these affects more pronounced.
[0430] A protection step of the N-terminus was not performed. One
reason was to discover whether in the presence of excess amine, the
carboxylates would be labeled without concatenation to this
terminal amine. A second goal was to check if the number of
labeling steps could be reduced, leaving the terminal-amine
unlabeled for future reactions. The end result would be a
shortening of time required for modifying synthetic peptides. This
approach could provide synthetic flexibility by diversifying the
kinds of reactions performed at the N-terminus once the peptide is
cleaved from the resin. The loading of the resin would need to be
relatively small. Higher resin loading meant one peptide could
encounter another peptide, increasing the probability of
concatenation. A loading of 0.66 mmole/g was suitable, but neared
the upper limit for efficient solid-phase reactions. [14] A loading
higher than the one used was considered too high and ineffective
for peptide synthesis or labeling studies.
[0431] The amine used in the solid-phase synthesis differed from
that of the solution-phase studies. 1-Amino-3-butyne had an alkyne
group that could also provide sites for derivatization via
Huigen-Sharpless. The same coupling reactants PyAOP and NMMO were
employed for solid-phase studies. Two repetitions ensured all
carboxylates were labeled. Cleavage of the peptide was performed
using a catalytic amount of Cu(II) and a mixture of
MeCN/H.sub.2O/Pyr. To a different batch of resin, the Lysine and
carboxylates were also labeled. Tryptophan was labeled in a similar
fashion as in solution, four hours at RT. [18]
[0432] Two different cleavage conditions were tested for the model
peptide after target side chains were labeled. The first condition
was water, liberating a carboxylate at the C-terminus. Peptide 11
was isolated with a 4% yield. Additionally, a nonaqueous condition
in the presence of a nucleophile could also be employed to cleave
the peptide. 1-Amino-3-butyne was the nucleophile used, liberating
peptide 12 with a purified yield of 5%. The peptide could also have
been cleaved with a different nucleophile diversifying the
functional groups, further differentiating between the C-terminus
and carboxylate side chains. Isolating peptide 12 required extra
washes with DMF, because solubility in a H20/MeCN was reduced once
an alkyne was introduced at the C-terminus. Initially, the peptide
was rinsed with MeCN and LCMS data of the crude did not indicate
presence of desired product. Once rinsed with DMF and the solvent
removed, peptide 12 was observed.
[0433] Exemplary characterization data showing successful
orthogonal labeling with model peptide KDYWEC (SEQ ID NO: 3) in
solution-phase and KDYWE (SEQ ID NO: 4)in solid-phase. Exemplary
peptide target compound screening reports for Peptides 3-6, 8-12
are shown in FIG. 46. [0434] 1. Julka S, Regnier F. Quantification
in proteomics through stable isotope coding: a review. J. Proteome
Res. 2004; 3: 350-363. [0435] 2. Cockrill S L, Foster K L,
Wildsmith J, Goodrich A R, Dapron J G, Hassel T C, Kappel W K,
Scott G B I. Efficient micro-recovery and guanidination of peptides
directly from MALDI target spots. Biotech. 2005; 38: 301-304.
[0436] 3. Frey B L, Ladror D T, Sondalle S B, Krusemark C J, Jue A
L, Coon J J, Smith L M. Chemical derivatization of peptide carboxyl
groups for highly efficient electron transfer dissociation. J. Am.
Mass Spectrom. 2013; 24: 1710-1721. [0437] 4. Krusemark C J, Frey,
B L, Smith L M, Belshaw P J, Complete chemical modification of
amine and acid functional groups of peptides and small proteins, In
Gel-Free Proteomics, Methods in Molecular Biology, 753 (Eds:
Gevaert K, Vandekerckhove J) Humana Press, New York, 2011, pp.
77-91. [0438] 5. Horton H R, Koshland D E. A highly reactive
colored reagent with selectivity for the Tryptophan residue in
proteins. 2-Hydroxy-5-nitrobenzyl bromide. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1965;
87: 1126-1132. [0439] 6. Scoffone E, Fontana A, Rocchi R. Sulfenyl
halides as modifying reagents for polypeptides and proteins. i.
modification of Tryptophan residues. Biochem. 1968; 7: 971-979.
[0440] 7. Kuyama H, Watanabe M, Toda C, Ando E, Tanaka K, Nishimura
O. An approach to quantitative proteome analysis by labeling
Tryptophan residues. Rapid Commun. Mass Spectrom. 2003; 17:
1642-1650. [0441] 8. Chalker J M, Bernardes G J L, Lin Y A, Davis B
G. Chemical modification of proteins at Cysteine: opportunities in
chemistry and biology. Chem. Asian J. 2009; 4: 630-640. [0442] 9.
Isidro-Llobet A, Alvarez M, Albericio F. Amino acid-protecting
groups. Chem. Rev. 2009; 109: 2455-2504. [0443] 10. Ko B J,
Brodbelt J S. Enhanced Electron Transfer Dissociation of Peptides
Modified at C-terminus with Fixed Charges. J. Am. Soc. Mass
Spectrom. 2012; 23: 1991-2000. [0444] 11. Moffet J R, Namboodiri M
A. Tryptophan and the immune response. Immunol. Cell Biol. 2003;
81: 247-265. [0445] 12. Scoffone E, Fontana A, Rocchi R. Selective
modification of the Tryptophan residue in peptides and proteins
using sulfenyl halides. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 1966; 25:
170-174. [0446] 13. Wittman V, Seeberger S. Combinatorial
solid-phase synthesis of multivalent cyclic neoglycopeptides.
Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2000; 39: 4348-4352. [0447] 14. Tulla-Puche
J, Albericio F. The (classic concept of) solid support. In The
power of functional resins in organic synthesis (Eds: Tulla-Pucha
J, Albericio F) Wiley, Weinheim, 2008, pp. 3-14. [0448] 15.
Millington C R, Quarell R, Lowe G. Aryl hydrazides as linkers for
solid phase synthesis which are cleavable under mild oxidative
conditions. Tett. Lett. 1998; 39: 7201-7204. [0449] 16. Rosenbaum
C, Waldmann H. Solid phase synthesis of cyclic peptides by
oxidative cyclative cleavage of an aryl hydrazide linker-synthesis
of stylostatin 1. Tett. Lett. 2001; 42: 5677-5680. [0450] 17.
Keough T, Lacey M P, Yongquist R S. Derivatization procedures to
facilitate de novo sequencing of Lysine-terminated tryptic peptides
using postsource decay matrix-assisted laser
desoortption/ionization mass spectrometry. Rapid Commun. Mass
Spectrom. 2000; 14: 2348-2356. [0451] 18. Zervas L, Borovas D,
Gazis E. New methods in peptide synthesis. i. tritylsulfenyl and
o-nitrophenyl sulfenyl groups as N-protecting groups. J. Am. Chem.
Soc. 1963; 85: 3660-3666.
EXAMPLE VI
Exemplary Synthesis of Fluorophores and Modification for Having
Specific Amino Acid Linkages
[0452] In general, dyes (Fluorophores) synthesized by the
inventors, such as tetramethylrhodamine and Si-Rhodamine B, were
modified to have an amino linker or as a succinidimyl ester
variant. Dyes having the amino acid specific linker were modified
with iodoacetamide for targeting a thiol group, in particular for
use with targeting Cysteines. Dyes modified to having a
succinidimyl ester `handle` bind to amine groups. Purchased dyes
were also modified to provide these variants. Commercial sources of
Fluorophores/dyes included Sigma (for Atto dyes), Invitrogen (for
Alexa dyes), Thermo (Rhodamine dyes). Additional dyes were modified
to have other types of reactivates to selectively target multiple
amino acid residue classes and minimizing cross reactivity.
[0453] The following is an exemplary description for synthesizing
rhodamineB-DMEDA, Rhodamine B-NHS, Rhodamine B iodoacetamide,
Si-rhodamine, Si-rhodamine sulfenyl chloride and
4-(butylcarbamoyl)-2-nitrophenyl hypochlorothioite.
[0454] Rhodamine B-DMEDA (mRhodamineB): Rhodamine B from a
commercial source was modified by adding a
N,N'-dimethylethylenediamine to the carboxylate end of the
rhodamine B dye to prevent pH dependence of its fluorescence.
Further, the attached linker provided another free amine for
further modification. As an example, mRhodamineB would be a
lysine-labeling handle, or a tryptophan labeling handle. See, the
first structure in FIG. 54.
[0455] Rhodamine B-NHS: As one example, NHS-activated versions of
the Rhodamine B dyes were made for attaching to a diamine linker,
such as DMEDA, See, the second structure in FIG. 54.
[0456] Rhodamine B iodoacetamide: Rhodamine B was modified to
Rhodamine B iodoacetamide. More specifically, Rhodamine B was
modified with N,N'-dimethylethylenediamine followed by chloroacetyl
chloride and sodium iodide to yield fluorescent labeling reagent
N-(6-(diethylamino)-9-(2-((2-iodo-N-methylacetamido)ethyl)(methyl)carbamo-
yl)phenyl)-3H-xanthen-3-ylidene)-N-ethylethanaminium chloride. The
variant with methyl groups on the amide nitrogens made the dye to
be pH insensitive. FIG. 47.
[0457] Rhodamine B variants: Another variant of Rhodamine B shows
an exemplary synthesis for use with labeling an amino acid.
Rhodamine B modified with N,N'-dimethylethylenediamine (first
structure, as described above) then wasactivated by Me3Si--NEIS to
form an isothiourea variant (second structure), then reacted in
n-Propyl iodide for a third structure, any of these structures may
find use in labeling amino acids and peptides. FIG. 54.
[0458] Silicon Rhodamine: Si-rhodamine was synthesized in part
using methods described in (1) Kode Y, Urano Y et.al. 2012.
Development of NIR fluorescent dyes based on Si-rhodamine for in
vivo imaging. JACS. 134: 5029 and (2) Lukinavicius G et.al. 2013. A
near-infrared fluorophore for live-cell super-resolution microscopy
of cellular proteins. Nature Chemistry. 5: 132 and (3)
PCT/JP2014/050088 (WO 2014106957 A1) Asymmetrical Si Rhodamine And
Rhodol Synthesis (in Japanese).
[0459] Silicon Rhodamine-DMEDA: In some embodiments the
Si-Rhodamine dye made during the development of the present
inventions was linked to N,N'-dimethylethylenediamine (DMEDA). In
some embodiments Si-Rhodamine dye was further modified for other
handles as needed. As one example, NHS-activated versions of Si
Rhodamine dyes were made to attach to a diamine linker, such as
DMEDA. Si-Rhodamine dye is contemplated to serve as an amine
reactive dye, however lacks specificity of any kind until a handle
such as described herein becomes part of the dye.
[0460] Rhodamine B sulfenyl chloride: The thioether precursor to
the Rhodamine B sulfenyl chloride was synthesized from Rhodamine B
in three steps, See, FIG. 52A.
[0461] The procedure for thioether synthesis was modified from Li,
Z.-S.; Wang, W.-M.; Lu, W.; Niu, C.-W.; Li, Y.-H.; Li, Z.-M.; Wang,
J.-G. Synthesis and biological evaluation of nonsymmetrical
aromatic disulfides as novel inhibitors of acetohydroxyacid
synthase. Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2013, 23, 3723-3727. No
intermediate purification was performed.
[0462] The Rhodamine B sulfenyl chloride was synthesized from the
thioether precursor by treatment with a slight excess of sulfuryl
chloride in trifluoroacetic acid. FIG. 52B.
[0463] The sulfenyl chloride was not observed directly because it
is highly reactive, but the major product observed by LCMS (Liquid
Chromatography Mass Spectrometry) was the product of reaction with
methanol, the solvent used for LCMS analysis.
[0464] 4-(butylcarbamoyl)-2-nitrophenyl hypochlorothioite: The
sulfenyl chloride functional group was synthesized using the
procedure from Li, Z.-S.; Wang, W.-M.; Lu, W.; Niu, C.-W.; Li,
Y-H.; Li, Z.-M.; Wang, J.-G. "Synthesis and biological evaluation
of nonsymmetric aromatic disulfides as novel inhibitors of
acetohydroxyacid synthase." Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2013, 23,
3723-3727.
EXAMPLE VII
Exemplary Solution Phase Labeling for Peptides Containing Cysteine,
Lysine and Tryptophan
[0465] One, two, or three different amino acids can be labeled
depending on the (orthogonal) reaction conditions. Thus, in one
embodiment, solution phase fluorophore labeling, i.e. one to three
types of amino acids of model peptides, is intended for C-terminal
immobilization and sequencing. In particular, this method describes
embodiments for labeling Lysines using an isothiourea method and
labeling tryptophan in addition to using Rhodamine B iodoacetamide
for Cysteine labeling; Rhodamine B or Si Rhodamine B for
Tryptophan
[0466] Model peptides were synthesized containing Cysteine and
Lysine: A) YKTCYTD (SEQ ID NO: 5), B) KCGGYCD (SEQ ID NO: 6), and
C) GYCKCTD (SEQ ID NO: 7)), FIG. 48. Additional model peptides were
synthesized containing Cysteine, Lysine and Tryptophan (KCTWGCD
(SEQ ID NO: 18), WGCTKWD (SEQ ID NO: 19)) and peptides
Serine-Tryptophan (Ser-Trp; SW) and Alanine-Aspatate and Tryptophan
(Ala-Asn-Trp;ANW). Peptides were synthesized on a microwave peptide
synthesizer.
[0467] A: An Example of Solution Phase Labeling of Model Peptides
for C-Terminal Immobilization and Sequencing.
[0468] 1. For Cysteine Labeling.
[0469] Rhodamine B iodoacetamide: N,N'-dimethylethylenediamine was
used to label Cysteine in a solution-phase method. This reaction
was selective for Cysteine where the Lysine and N-terminus were
boc-protected. Purified peptides were confirmed by high-resolution
mass spectrometry. FIG. 48.
[0470] 2. For Tryptophan Labeling.
[0471] A model reagent, 4-(butylcarbamoyl)-2-nitrophenyl
hypochlorothioite, see FIG. 48 for an exemplary structure, was made
to label Tryptophan containing peptides. For this example, see
model peptides above containing Tryptophan. The labeled Tryptophan
was stable to Edman degradation in solution. FIG. 49.
[0472] 3. For Lysine Labeling.
[0473] An isothiourea was synthesized as a model reagent for Lysine
labeling. FIG. 51A. Reaction of the isothiourea with Lysine
dihydrochloride proceeded once. FIG. 51A. Reaction of the
isothiourea with peptides proceeds slowly. FIG. 51B.
[0474] This method of synthesis is an alternative to labeling
lysine residues in that it does not include the use of the o-methyl
isourea. Further, this method selectively labels Lysine over the
N-terminus.
[0475] B: An Example of Solution Phase Labeling, One to Two Types
of Amino Acids of Model Peptides Containing Lysine and Tryptophan
for C-Terminal Immobilization and Sequencing.
[0476] 1. For Lysine Labeling.
[0477] Contemplated amino acid specific labels, such as for Lysine,
are Rhodamine B and Si Rhodamine B (separately) for solution phase
labeling of the first of two amino acids with two differently
colored dyes. For example, Lysine labeled with Si Rhodamine B was
contemplated for use with Tryptophan labeled with Rhodamine B.
[0478] 2. For Tryptophan Labeling.
[0479] A Rhodamine B sulfenyl chloride was synthesized, as describe
above for use in labeling Tryptophan. Its synthesis is described
above and in FIG. 52.
[0480] Two small peptides with Trp (W) amino acids were labeled
with the Rhodamine B sulfenyl chloride. The expected product from
this tryptophan reaction with the Rhodamine B sulfenyl chloride is
observed in test reactions with two small peptides, Ser-Trp (SW)
and Ala-Asn-Trp (ANW). See, FIGS. 53A and 53B, respectively. The
Rhodamine B lable is attached to the Trp in FIG. 53A. The Rhodamine
B lable is attached to the Trp in FIG. 53B.
[0481] C. An Example of Solution Phase Labeling, One, Two or Three
Types of Amino Acids of Model Peptides Containing Cysteine, Lysine
and Tryptophan for C-Terminal Immobilization and Sequencing.
[0482] 1. For Cysteine Labeling.
[0483] In some embodiments, Cysteine labeling is as described
herein for Lysine.
[0484] 2. For Lysine Labeling.
[0485] Contemplated amino acid specific labels, such as for Lysine,
are Rhodamine B and Si Rhodamine B (separately) for solution phase
labeling of the first of two amino acids with two differently
colored dyes. In particular, this labeling is contemplated as an
alternative to labeling Lysine residues that does not include the
use of the o-methyl isourea. For example, in one embodiment, Lysine
is labeled with Si Rhodamine B. This labeled Lysine was
contemplated for use with Tryptophan labeled with Rhodamine B. In
another embodiment, Lysine is labeled with Rhodamine B or a
Rhodamine B derivative (variant). Additionally, as shown in FIG.
53A, this method selectively labels lysine over the N-terminus.
EXAMPLE VIII
Exemplary Labeling of Amino Acids with Two Different Fluorophore
Prior to Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis
[0486] This Example describes the creation and use of a building
block and/or control peptide for use in solid phase peptide
synthesis. Thus in one embodiment, eliminating the need to create
more than one orthogonal dye label. The main criteria for the
building block peptide was that it could be created in fairy large
quantity (2-5 g) for use on the peptide synthesizer, such large
amounts were required to account for the inefficiency of the solid
phase synthesis.
[0487] A. Boc-Asp-OBzl Peptide Labeled with Rhodamine B via HCTU
Coupling. See, FIG. 61.
[0488] In this method, one of either BOC or FMOC Asp-OBz1 was used
to generate a building block. The majority of the synthesis
proceeded without purification (other than step 2). This series of
reactions can also be done on 5 g scale. Step 5 (see FIG. 61) is
needed in the instance where R=FMOC. In this case, the basic
conditions of step 3 (DIPEA) can de-FMOC the Asp, which needs to be
protected before use on the surface. The use of a BOC protecting
group on the amine makes this synthesis straightforward because
there are no de-protection steps, however, it is labeled under the
same conditions as a Wang resin. On any peptide where a BOC
protecting group is present, it should be the final amino acid
added.
[0489] B. FMOC-Cys Peptide Labeled with Rhodamine B Via
Iodoacetamide Handle. See, FIG. 62.
[0490] Fmoc-Cys(Trt)-OH can be easily de protected in one step with
a quantitative yield. The rhodamine B iodoacetamide should be
prepared on a several gram scale. In a reaction solution, combining
the FMOC-Cys with the Rhodamine B iodoacetamide goes to completion
within 6 hours, with very little by-product, requiring no
purification. The FMOC protected amino acid can be placed in any
location along the peptide sequence.
[0491] NHS Activation steps in A. and B., above, are generally
described in Chen et al. Dyes and Pigments 94, 296-303 (2012).
[0492] C. Making a Peptide that is Labeled with Two Different
Dyes.
[0493] In this dye sequencing scheme, two different color dyes are
used to label two different Cys moieties on a peptide. Using a
building block that was synthesized, Cyst-Rhodamine B (See B above,
as shown in FIG. 62) another dye containing an iodoacetamide handle
needs to be synthesized for use as a second label.
[0494] There are literature reports of a rhodamine-based dye
containing a Silicon atom replacing the oxygen of the core
structure of the dye. This atom replacement shifts the wavelength
of emission from .about.550 nm to .about.640 nm, a distance
spectrally resolve enough to limit FRET pairing (A). Synthesis of
the core structure is a literature report procedure (Lukinavieius
et al. Nature Chemistry 5, 132-139 (2013)).
[0495] The synthetic strategies for using Si-Rhodamine involve the
development of a "handle" attached to and using the core
Si-Rhodamine structure designed during the development of the
present inventions. The method here for labeling Cyst with
Si-Rhodamine is the same as in B) above, for labeling the Cys with
a rhodamine B dye using a iodoacetamide handle. From the 9 linear
steps for producing Si-Rhodamine as a label (see FIG. 63), the
overall yield is 4% with column chromatography purification at the
final step.
[0496] Labeling strategy: In brief, starting with the building
block made in B above, then treating it to solid phase peptide
synthesis to make a peptide having a Cyst amino acid labeled with
Rhodamine B was accomplished. In this case a 12 amino acid peptide
was made having a Cys-Rhodamine B.
[0497] Following the general steps to remove a peptide from a resin
and wash it, this peptide was then reacted, without purification,
with the Si-Rhodamine iodoacetamide as described herein. In
slightly basic conditions, the 2 position Cys was labeled by the
SN2 of the iodine atom. Following HPLC purification, the
high-resolution Mass Spectrometry confirmed that the 12 amino acid
peptide was labeled with 2 different colored dyes. See, FIG.
64.
EXAMPLE IX
An Exemplary Simulation for Implementing a Single-Molecule
Sequencing Technology Based on Edman Degradation
[0498] This Example describes a contemplated practical approach
that would in principle be capable of generating partial peptide
sequences in a highly parallel fashion. Further contemplated is a
sequencing method scalable to entire proteomes. These methods are
contemplated to have broad applications across biology and
medicine, for example, as PCR is for nucleic acid research this
method would be used for protein research. From a theoretical
perspective, the features that data generated by such an approach
would have, along with how such data might be interpreted and how
sensitive the process might be to potential errors, which we model
using Monte Carlo simulations.
[0499] In one embodiment, a strategy for implementing single
molecule peptide sequencing, FIG. 5B, illustrates a proposed scheme
for single molecule peptide sequencing. The method is to
selectively fluorescently label amino acids on immobilized
peptides, followed by successive cycles of removing peptides'
N-terminal residues (by Edman degradation) and imaging the
corresponding decreases of fluorescence intensity for individual
peptide molecules. The resulting stair-step patterns fluorescence
decreases will often be sufficiently reflective of their sequences
to allow unique identification of the peptides by comparison to a
reference proteome.
[0500] Briefly, proteins in a complex mixture are first
proteolytically digested into peptides using an endo-peptidase of
known cleavage specificity. Select amino acid types (e.g. lysine,
tryptophan or tyrosine) are covalently labeled with spectrally
distinguishable fluorophores, each being specific (by reactivity)
to the given amino acid side chain. Labeled peptides are
immobilized on a glass surface, as for example via the formation of
a stable thioether linkage between a maleimide functionalized
surface and the thiol group on cysteine residues [13]. The choice
of peptidase, labeled amino acids, and anchor all convey
information about the identity of a peptide and thus can be
optimized for maximum effect. Using techniques such as Total
Internal Reflection Fluorescence (TIRF) microscopy, individual
peptide molecules can be imaged on such a surface, and the
fluorescence intensity across all fluorophore channels can be
determined for each peptide on a molecule-by-molecule basis. By
monitoring decreases in fluorescence intensity following cycles of
Edman degradation, the relative positions of labeled amino acids in
the peptides can be determined, and thereby obtain a partial
peptide sequence. This scheme might be improved by using a
fluorescent Edman reagent whose coupling and decoupling can be
observed, enabling the successful completion of each Edman cycle to
be monitored for every single peptide, providing an additional
error check. We term the pairing of an Edman degradation cycle and
the subsequent observation for changes in fluorescence an
experimental cycle (see Definitions). The observed sequence of
luminosity drops in fluorescence across experimental cycles is a
fluorosequence; the technique itself is thus fluorosequencing. For
the example shown in FIG. 5B, the fluorosequence is "WKKxY" (SEQ ID
NO: 16). Mapping the partial sequence back to a reference proteome
of potential proteins, such as might be derived from a genome
sequence, would determine if the fluorosequence uniquely identifies
a peptide, and ultimately, its parent protein.
[0501] Commercially available TIRF microscopes can easily monitor
fluorescence changes for millions of individual peptide molecules
[14] and are not dissimilar to early variants of next-generation
DNA sequencers [2]. By increasing peptide density and acquiring
TIRF images over a large surface area, one could in principle
obtain fluorosequences for millions or billions of peptides in
parallel. Critically, this approach would be intrinsically
quantitative and digital, based on counting repeat peptide
observations, in much the same way NextGen RNA sequencing is for
identifying and quantifying RNA transcripts.
Under Ideal Conditions, Even Partial Amino Acid Sequences are
Informative.
[0502] Computer simulations of variations of this scheme confirm
that fluorosequences can be quite information-rich; even relatively
simple labeling schemes, employing only 1 to 4 amino acid--specific
fluorescent labels, can yield patterns capable of uniquely
identifying at least one peptide from most of the known human
proteins (FIG. 55). For these simulations, only labeling schemes
were considered based on known differences in side-chain reactivity
and available amino acid-specific targeting chemistry [15], such as
the reactivity of diazonium groups for tyrosines [16].
[0503] Many of the above labeling schemes (anchoring peptides via
internal cysteine residues) fail to achieve 100% coverage of the
template proteome even after many experimental cycles under ideal
conditions. The reason is two-fold: (a) Edman reactions cannot
continue past the cysteine anchor or (b) the proteome contains
paralogs and protein families differing at unlabeled amino acids
that are hence indistinguishable. When simulations were repeated
for the case of anchoring cyanogen bromide cleaved peptides, not
just cysteine-containing ones, by their C-termini, the coverage of
the four-label scheme rose from 80% to 98% of the proteome (FIG.
55, top curve). Moreover, when simulations were performed for the
case of no proteolysis and anchoring each full-length protein at
its C-terminus, four of the tested multiple-label schemes
(including schemes with only 2 label types) achieved over 96%
coverage of the proteome within 200 experimental cycles. The
remaining proteins were unidentified due to protein families being
indistinguishable by the labeling schemes employed. These
simulations thus confirm that single molecule fluorosequencing is
intrinsically capable of identifying a majority of proteins in a
proteome even when the number of label types is small.
[0504] It is also worth considering whether the linear scaling and
dynamic range of photon detection by existing cameras might place a
limit on the ability to discriminate luminosity drops in
fluorescent intensity per peptide. For example, while it might be
easy to discriminate a reduction from 5 to 4 fluorophores on a
peptide, discriminating a reduction from 25 to 24 fluorophores
could be difficult. However, the median count of labelable amino
acids per peptide is often small. For example, when considering
peptides generated by the protease GluC, this count ranges from
approximately 2 (for lysines) to 7 (for glutamic acid/aspartic acid
residues, which were considered indistinguishable by reactivity for
labeling purposes) (FIG. 56). This range is well within the
capacity of most modern cameras, since, in practice, TIRF
microscopes equipped with CCD camera variants can count up to at
least 13 fluorophores; that is, up to at least 13 copies of a given
fluorophore per single molecule can be quantitatively distinguished
[17]. Thus, peptides from typical proteomes should not be
problematic in this regard.
Anticipating the Inevitable Failures of Dyes and Edman
Chemistry.
[0505] Being a physico-chemical process, there are potential
sources of error for an experimental implementation of the scheme.
With errors, an observed fluorosequence would not reflect the true
sequence of fluorescently labeled amino acids. Three of the most
probable error sources are as follows:
[0506] (a) Failure of fluorophore attachment or emission causing
apparent substitutions. Steric constraints of peptides or reaction
kinetics of fluorophore labeling chemistry might result in specific
amino acid(s) not being covalently labeled. This scenario is
equivalent to correctly coupled but non-emitting fluorophores, such
as those observed in defective fluoro-phores [18]. In both
circumstances, the position of a labelable amino acid would be
misinterpreted as containing a non-labelable amino acid, e.g. the
peptide "GK*EGK*" (SEQ ID NO: 20) (where K* represents a labeled
lysine) would mistakenly yield a fluorosequence "xxxxK" (SEQ ID NO:
21) instead of "xKxxK" (SEQ ID NO: 22), for a dye failure at the
first lysine.
[0507] (b) Photobleaching of labeled fluorophores causing apparent
coupled double substitutions ("residue swaps"). The permanent
photochemical destruction of dyes could also complicate the
analysis. In this scenario, a labeled residue at one position is
misinterpreted as an unlabeled residue because the label is lost by
photobleaching, while another residue upstream in the peptide
(typically unlabeled) is misinterpreted as being labeled because
the photobleaching fluorophore loss coincides with that particular
experimental cycle. This would shift the apparent position of the
label upstream in the fluorosequence. For example, peptide GK*EGK*
(SEQ ID NO: 20) might be observed as xKKxx (SEQ ID NO: 23) when the
dye on the lysine at the fifth position photobleaches during the
third imaging cycle. This situation reduces the ability to (i)
reliably count the number of fluors lost during an experimental
cycle, (ii) distinguish whether a change in luminosity results from
fluorophore loss due to a genuine Edman degradation step or
photobleaching, and (iii) identify which downstream fluorophore was
extinguished if the loss is indeed due to photobleaching. Although
fluorophore half-lives can be extended by use of oxygen scavenging
systems [19], synthesis of stable dyes [20] or even surface
modification [21], photobleaching is still a stochastic process and
accounting for loss of fluorophores erroneously coincident with
upstream Edman degradations would be critical to identification.
Currently, there are many photo-stable dyes on the market. A recent
study on the effects on dyes by oxygen radicals found that the
half-life of Atto647 was roughly 3 minutes (corresponding to 180
experimental cycles at 1 second/cycle exposure) [22], while Atto655
showed a mean photobleaching lifetime of 8-20 minutes [23],
corresponding to many hundreds of experimental cycles. However,
incubation in Edman solvent eventually destroyed the dye.
[0508] (c) Inefficiency of Edman degradation chemistry causing
apparent insertions. Optimization of Edman degradation over the
past sixty years has resulted in efficiencies of >95% [24].
Nonetheless, failed cycles are expected at some non-zero rate and
would yield an observation corresponding to no fluorescence change,
even if there was a labeled amino acid in position to be removed.
This corresponds to an apparent insertion of a non-labeled amino
acid into the fluorosequence. Note that the use of a fluorescing
Edman reagent (e.g., DABITC or FITC [25]) would enable direct
monitoring of every coupling and decoupling step of the chemistry,
providing an internal error check for successful completion of the
Edman cycle as in FIG. 5B. Nonetheless, non-fluorescent Edman
reagents such as phenylisothiocyanate are more commonly used, so
dye was investigated as a parameter.
A Framework for Modeling Single-Molecule Sequencing Under Non-Ideal
Conditions.
[0509] To analyze how peptide sequencing efficiency is affected by
the above three types of errors and to map fluorosequences to
source proteins, a modeling framework was developed in order to
simulate the process. Unlike the ideal case where fluorosequences
are faithful to their source peptides, and hence mapping to the
reference proteome is trivial, accounting for errors such as the
three previously highlighted complicates mapping. For example, the
fluorosequence "xKxxK" (SEQ ID NO: 22) cannot be uniquely
attributed to the "GK*EGK*" (SEQ ID NO: 20) peptide, since Edman
failure at the first position of peptide "K*EGK*" (SEQ ID NO: 24)
or a fluorophore failure on the first lysine of "K*K*EGK*" (SEQ ID
NO: 25) could also yield the same pattern. While errors arising
from the inefficiency of Edman chemistry and fluorophore failure
are tractable by analytical solutions, the non-Markovian nature of
photobleaching events forces us to employ a Monte Carlo
approach.
[0510] A Monte Carlo procedure to simulate thousands of copies of
each of the 20,252 proteins in the human proteome being subjected
in silico to fluorosequencing in order to obtain a random sample of
the fluorosequences produced for a specified set of error rates.
FIG. 57 details the simulation steps; the Methods provide more
complete descriptions of the error models and pseudo-code for the
overall procedure.
[0511] Each sample observation generated by the Monte Carlo
simulation is a sequence of luminosity drops yielded by one
individual peptide subjected to in silico Edman cycles.
Conservatively it was contempalted that the absolute number of
fluorophores labeling a peptide would not be observed or estimated,
but that we can monitor and statistically discriminate whether,
after each attempted Edman cycle, there has been a decrease in
luminosity in each fluorescent channel, consistent with signals
previously shown to be discernable for single molecules [17]. For
the purpose of the simulation, we make the simplifying assumptions
that different fluorophores have fully distinguishable signals, do
not exhibit fluor-to-fluor interactions or Forster resonance energy
transfer, nor exhibit channel bleed-over.
[0512] The fluorosequences (observed reads) from the simulations
are next collated into a prefix trie [26], as illustrated for a
simple example in FIG. 58. Each fluorosequence is linked in the
trie to its source protein(s) and associated count(s) of
observations over the course of the simulation, thereby empirically
estimating the fluorosequence's source protein probability
distribution. FIG. 59 illustrates two extreme cases of protein
probability distributions for a given fluorosequence. Importantly,
modeling the frequency of source proteins for fluorosequences is
equivalent to obtaining (within sample error) the posterior
probability mass functions--i.e. the set of probabilities
P[p.sub.j[f.sub.i] such that given an observed fluorosequence f i,
the probability that protein p j is its source (henceforth called
the attribution probability mass function (p.mf)). Notably, by
sidestepping problems associated with developing algorithms for
inverting fluoro sequences to their source peptides, and the
peptides' own derivation from source proteins, we make the strategy
amenable for incorporating additional experimental parameters,
including fluorophore spectral channel bleed-over or protease
inefficiencies. Thus, the attribution p.m.f.'s provide a natural
framework both for modeling errors and for directly mapping actual
ex-perimentally observed fluorosequences to proteins in the
proteome. Based on the properties of this distribution, a
fluorosequence can be associated with the protein most likely to
yield it, for example applying a confidence threshold (see Methods
below).
[0513] In future applications using attribution p.m.f.'s to
interpret fluorosequencing data from real samples, one might also
wish to model realistic numbers of copies per protein processed
through the simulation pipeline, since the Monte-Carlo based
deconvolution of fluorose-quences to source proteins will be
affected by protein abundance dynamic range as well as sim-ulation
depth. For example, high simulation depth would not only reduce the
sampling errors, but also accurately attribute low abundance
proteins from confounding high abundance proteins that generate the
same fluorosequence by a low probability event. In another aspect,
simulating protein copies based on their prior known abundances
[27] might significantly reduce Monte-Carlo simulation
computational resources. The version of the simulation deacribed
here makes no such assumptions about protein abundance, and thus
corresponds to a Bayesian flat prior expectation on protein
abundance, applicable to any sample.
More Amino Acid Colors Compensate for Photobleaching and Poor Edman
Efficiency.
[0514] Using the Monte Carlo scheme, sequencing the human proteome
was simulated to a simulation depth of 10,000 copies per protein,
performing a parametric sweep of 216 experimental parameter
combinations (corresponding to six values for each of the three
error parameters). FIG. 60 illustrates the effects for three
alternate labeling schemes of varying Edman efficiency and
fluorophore half-life on the percentage of proteins identified
after 30 Edman cycles, given fluorophore failure rates ranging
between 0 and 25%. As in FIG. 55, diversifying the labels offers
the greatest improvement in proteome coverage, even with relatively
poor process efficiencies.
[0515] The number of proteins identified is reasonably robust to
changes in fluorophore failure rates. For example, a 25% increase
in failure rate causes only a 0.8%-6.4% reduction (range includes
all parameter combinations) in proteome coverage for schemes B and
C (see FIG. 60 for scheme descriptions). However for scheme A, a
25% increase in fluorophore failure rate causes a 19% reduction in
proteome coverage under moderate estimates of photo-bleaching and
Edman efficiency. Scheme A is less robust vis-a-vis all simulated
errors because the boost in the positional information stemming
from abundant aspartates and glutamates is rapidly undermined by
experimental errors, as there are higher chances for fluorescently
indistinguishable peptides to confound the fluorosequence.
[0516] Notably, the photobleaching half-life has the greatest
effect of any of the tested parameterson protein identification,
causing up to 50% loss in proteome coverage (under scheme A).
Thesteepest decrease in the number of proteins identified occurs
when photobleaching is considered (comparing half-lives of infinity
to 210 cycles) and tapers with lower half-life. Although
photobleaching shows the strongest impact of any of the errors
considered, it is worth noting that the half-lives of
commercially-available fluorophores are sufficiently longer than
those simulated. Hence, we anticipate that this error source will
not derail a real implementation of fluorosequencing. For example,
the widely used Atto680 dye has a mean photobleaching life-time of
about 30 minutes [23], corresponding to 1800 Edman cycles, assuming
1 second exposure per Edman cycle. Oxygen-scavenging systems are
also widely used in single molecule imaging experiments to reduce
the effects of photobleaching [19]. Thus, the most critical error
rates appear to fall within acceptable ranges, supporting the
feasibility of fluorosequencing.
Determining the Positional Information of Amino Acids as a General
Principle for Next-Generation Protein Sequencing.
[0517] Fluorosequencing relies on the positional information of
specific subsets of amino acids within peptide sequences. The
scheme can be generalized as a framework fulfilling two
conditions--(a) an observable event `e`, which occurs by detection
of a known single amino acid or a class of amino acids, and (b) a
sequential analytical process, which increments or decrements the
sequence in a known direction and by constrained number of amino
acids. Using detection of fluorescently labeled amino acids as the
event, other modalities might be considered, such as detecting
voltage changes or reactivity of monitored amino acids. Besides
Edman degradation, other valid sequential processes could include
sequential treatment with known sequence specific peptidases or
directional protein translocation through a nano-pore channel [9]
at a defined translocation rate. The monitoring of sequenced
detection events gives information-rich patterns (such as "x-e-e-x
. . . " (SEQ ID NO: 8) where `x` is one or more non-identifiable
amino acids) capable of being mapped back to a reference proteome.
The nature of this information lies between the extremes of
information content, wherein either every amino acid corresponds to
a distinct event or there is no observable event associated with
the process (as, for example, a peptide translocating through a
channel but not generating a detectable signal). In principle, many
event-process strategies might be suitable for peptide sequencing
and interpretation using a scheme similar to the one described
herein.
CONCLUSIONS
[0518] A strategy for the parallel identification of proteins in a
complex mixture based on the positional information of amino acids
in peptides is contemplated. The integration of a 60-year-old,
highly optimized Edman chemistry [11] with recent advances in
single-molecule microscopy [28] and stable synthetic fluorophore
chemistry [29] makes this strategy particularly amenable for
experimental execution in the near future. Modeling of experimental
errors suggests this strategy can be reasonably expected to
identify a high percentage of the proteome, comparable to mass
spectrometry, and potentially brings the advantages of single
molecule sensitivity and--if next-generation single molecule
sequencing is a reasonable proxy--throughputs of hundreds of
millions or billions of molecules sequenced per run. Monte-Carlo
simulations provide a framework to accommodate the inevitable
experimental errors and probabilistically identify proteins from
the observed fluorescent patterns. Successful experimental
execution of the pro-posed strategy will not only lead to progress
in proteomics, but enable progress in engineering and chemistry to
enable the technology.
Exemplary Methods Used for this Example.
Datasets.
[0519] The UniProtKB/Swiss-Prot complete H. sapiens proteome
(manually reviewed) was downloaded on May 29, 2013 and used for all
simulations, comprising 20,252 protein sequences and ignoring
alternatively spliced isoforms.
Monte Carlo Simulations.
[0520] Simulations were programmed in Python using Mersenne Twister
[28] as the source of randomness, and implemented in parallel using
the Texas Advanced Computing Center. For the purposes of
simulation, the proteome can be considered dictionary pairs of
protein identifiers and amino acid sequences. The simulations began
with 10,000 copies of each protein sequence. The first two steps in
the simulation split each amino acid sequence string at residue(s)
corresponding to the protease specificity (e.g. E for the GluC
protease) and then discard sub-strings that lack the anchor residue
(e.g. substrings not containing C). Alternating Edman degradation
steps and TIRF observations on the resulting peptides provide
temporal ordering for luminosity drops, resulting in an observed
fluorosequence for each peptide. In the simulation, fluorosequences
were initialized from amino acid substrings' correct fluorophore
positions, and experimental errors were then introduced
sequentially, modifying the fluorosequences in accordance with each
type of error's appropriate probability distribution.
[0521] Three experimental sources of error sources were modeled in
the Monte Carlo simulation as follows:
[0522] 1. Inefficient dye labeling--The probability of an amino
acid not being labeled with its intended label or being labeled
with a nonfunctional dye (i.e. a dye that attaches but is incapable
of fluorescence) is modeled as a Bernoulli variable. For each label
prepared for the experimental procedure, there is a probability u
that the fluor will never be observed.
[0523] 2. Edman degradation is represented as an attempt to remove
one amino acid residue per cycle. These attempts are modeled as a
Bernoulli process, since every experimental cycle is independent of
the preceding cycle. The probability of the N-terminus amino acid
being successfully cleaved off is assigned a parameter p and the
corresponding failure follows as q=1-p. Failure of Edman chemistry
delays the removal of a downstream labeled amino acid by one
experimental cycle, and thus dilates the inter-label intervals in
the fluorosequence. Using this model, the probability that an
inter-label interval d requires d+e experimental cycles before the
subsequent label is removed is (d-1+e/d-1)p.sup.dq.sup.c. A random
number is drawn from this distribution to indicate the dilation for
each interval. Edman chemistry is contemplated to stop at the first
cysteine from the N-terminus.
[0524] 3. Photobleaching is the irreversible photo-induced
destruction of a fluorophore. The photo-bleaching process can be
best described as a stochastic phenomenon and modeled by an
exponential decay function [30]. Every fluorophore has a defined
half-life based on solvent conditions and laser operating
conditions [31]. The periodic laser excitation has an additive
effect on the fluorophore's half-life: exciting a fluorophore once
for thirty seconds and, after an arbitrary delay, again for a
further thirty seconds will photobleach the fluorophore with the
same probability as a continuous excitation for one minute. A
constant period of laser exposure per experimental cycle was used.
To model whether labeled amino acids have been cleaved, the
probability of a fluorophore still on the peptide surviving k
experimental cycles can be modeled as an exponential decay
e.sup.-bk, where b is an experimentally-determined characteristic
constant of the fluor being used, k is the number of experimental
cycles performed, and e is Euler's constant. Labels were shifted to
earlier experimental cycles based on random numbers drawn from this
exponential decay.
[0525] For a given simulation, all simulated fluorosequences were
collated into a prefix trie whose keys were the sequences of
luminosity drops and associated values represented the counts of
source proteins yielding those fluorosequences. One trie was
generated for each given choice of error rates, protease and
labels, based upon simulating 30 Edman cycles of fluorosequencing
10,000 copies of each protein in the human proteome. For each
fluorosequence in the resulting trie, its source proteins were
counted, allowing proteome coverage to be calculated.
[0526] The simulation can be summarized as pseudo-code:
TABLE-US-00001 INITIALIZE result trie as an empty prefix trie. FOR
protein IN proteome: peptides .rarw. Proteolyse protein at the
carboxyl side of a given amino acid corresponding to the protease
used. FOR peptide IN peptides: Discard peptide if it does not
contain at least one occurrence of the amino acid for anchoring to
the surface. FOR peptide IN peptides REPEAT 10000 TIMES: Attach
labels to amino acids with a given probability. Labeling
probability is uniform and mutually independent for all amino
acids. Adjust positions of labeled amino acids to reflect possible
Edman failures. All Edman reactions for each individual peptide
have a uniform probability of success specified by a given
parameter, and are mutually independent. The Edman reaction is
cannot proceed past the first amino acid anchored to the surface.
Adjust positions of labeled amino acids to reflect potential
photobleaching. Fluors' survival functions are mutually independent
exponential decays characterized by a given photobleaching
constant. Collate final sequence of tuples (fluorosequence) for
this peptide into the result trie. TRAVERSE THE TRIE. For each
node, find the most frequent source protein yielding that
fluorosequence. For the purposes of data visualization, if the most
frequent protein yielded the fluorosequence at least ten times, and
all other source proteins for that fluorosequence combined are
responsible for less than 10% of all observations, then that
fluorosequence is considered to be uniquely attributed to the
protein. RETURN the set of proteins that have at least one uniquely
attributed fluorosequence. More detailed pseudo-code is also
provided in the supporting S1 Text.
[0527] A parameter sweep was performed for the three labeling
schemes as in FIG. 60 at a simulation depth of 10.sup.4 copies per
protein, sweeping 216 experimental parameter combinations (testing
six values for each of the three error parameters described)
spanning fluorophore failure rates of 0%, to 25%, photobleaching
half-lives from 90 minutes to infinity (i.e., no photobleaching),
and Edman degradation efficiencies from 90% to 100%.
Text S1: Detailed Pseudo-Code Describing the Algorithm Employed for
the Simulation.
Definitions and Input of Experimental Parameters:
[0528] proteome is the set of all protein species. Each protein is
a sequence of amino acids represented as a sequence of tuples
(aa.sub.i, s.sub.i) where aa.sub.i is the amino acid at position
s.sub.i. The tuples are sequenced and positions are indexed from
the N- to the C-terminuses of the protein, with the first amino
acid having position 1.
[0529] Amino acid cleave indicating site at which protease is
active. Proteolysis takes place at the carboxyl side of the amino
acid. Example: For cyanogen bromide, cleave=Met.
[0530] Mapping labels from set of amino acids to dyes used to label
them
[0531] Example: labels={Lys: red, Tyr: green} indicates lysines are
labeled using a red dye and tyrosines are labeled with a green
dye
[0532] Amino acid attachment indicating which amino acid is used to
functionalize peptides to the slide Example: attachment=Cys
indicates peptides are functionalized via cystines
[0533] Probability u .di-elect cons. [0, 1] of unsuccessfully
labeling an amino acid. This occurs when an amino acid intended to
be labeled per labels fails to covalently bond to its dye, or the
dye that bonds is defective before the experiment begins. u is
constant across all labels.
[0534] Probability p .di-elect cons. [0, 1] of the Edman cycle
successfully cleaving off the N-terminal amino acid from a
peptide.
[0535] Photobleaching constant b .di-elect cons. [0, .infin.)
indicating the photobleaching half-life of all fluors.
[0536] Number of experimental cycles the sample will be subjected
to.
[0537] Function random( ) is provided by the system and yields
random floating point numbers in [0, 1].
[0538] Function binomial(x, y) is provided by the system and
returns the binomial coefficient e is Euler's constant.
[0539] Function sort( ) sorts tuples (aa.sub.i, s.sub.i) in by
s.sub.i in ascending order
[0540] Each protein is sampled a simulation_depth number of
times.
TABLE-US-00002 Algorithm section 1: Definition of prefix trie used
to collate simulation results and associated utility functions.
Definitions: A node in the trie stores three items: 1. tuple
(aa.sub.i, s.sub.i) 2. references to all children nodes by their
tuples (aa.sub.i, s.sub.i); for simplicity, we omit the creation of
child nodes in this pseudocode and assume they all exist 3.
counters for all proteins, i.e. a mapping from the proteome to the
set of integers, notated by counter[protein]; all counters are
initialized to 0
[0541] The root node stores only references to all children
nodes
[0542] Each sequence of tuples (aa.sub.i, s.sub.i) uniquely maps to
a node in the trie by walking the trie starting from the root node,
with each successive tuple(aa.sub.i, s.sub.i) indicating the child
node to visit next. The sequence is mapped to the last node the
walk arrives at. See function increment_counter below for an
illustration.
[0543] Functions:
TABLE-US-00003 FUNCTION increment_counter(sequence of tuples
(aa.sub.i, s.sub.i), protein): current_node .rarw.8 root node FOR
tuple (aa.sub.i, s.sub.i) IN sequence of tuples: current_node
.rarw. child (aa.sub.i, s.sub.i) of current node #current_node is
now the node that the sequence of tuples maps uniquely onto
counter[protein] .rarw. counter[protein] + 1 FUNCTION
recursive_traverse(node): list_of_nodes .rarw. (node) #list of all
child nodes including self FOR node IN children nodes:
list_of_nodes .rarw. list_of_nodes + recursive_traverse(node)
RETURN_list_of_nodes
TABLE-US-00004 Algorithm section 2: Experiment initialization.
peptides[protein] = NULL #this will store all peptides proteolysed
from protein #that are hybridized to the surface FOR protein IN
proteome: peptides .rarw. proteolyze protein using cleave #peptides
is the set of all subsequences of the protein #partitioned after
tuples with aa.sub.i=cleave; for example, #((K, 1) (M, 2)(C,
3)(M,4)) would yield the set #{ ((K, 1), (M,2)), ((C, 3), (M, 4)) }
FOR peptide IN peptides: IF attachment NOT IN peptide: discard
peptide #peptides not having attachment cannot attach to the
surface and are #washed away FOR peptide IN peptides: FOR tuple
(aa.sub.i, s.sub.i) IN peptide: IF aa.sub.i NOT IN labels: discard
tuple from peptide #ignore unlabeled amino acids peptides[protein]
.rarw. peptides
TABLE-US-00005 Algorithm section 3: Monte Carlo simulation.
FUNCTION simulate(peptide, protein): #the sequence of tuples in
peptide is copied for every call of this function and is
manipulated below sequence .rarw. copy(peptide) ###simulate fluor
label failure FOR tuple (aa.sub.i,s.sub.i) IN sequence: IF random()
< u: discard (aa.sub.i, s.sub.i) from the sequence ###end of
fluor label failure section ###simulate Edman failure
cumulative_delay = #temporary variable keeping track of total Edman
failures FOR tuple (aa.sub.i, s.sub.i) IN sequence: d .rarw.
s.sub.i IF this is the first tuple in the sequence ELSE
s.sub.i-s.sub.i- 1 #distance between consecutive labels
delay_sample = random() #generate random point for delay
probability distribution delay = 0 #keep track of delays for
interval between (aa.sub.i, s.sub.i) and (aa.sub.i- 1 , s.sub.i- 1)
accumulator = #temporary variable for accumulating delay
probabilities #map delay onto [0, 1] via its probability
distribution WHILE: binomial_pdf .rarw. #binomial probability
density function IF random_delay = 0: binomial_pdf .rarw. p d ELSE:
binomial_pdf .rarw. binomial(d - 1, d - 1 + delay)*p.sup.d*(1 -
p).sup.delay - binomial(d - 1, d - 2 + delay)*p.sup.d*(1 -
p).sup.delay -1 accumulator .rarw. accumulator + binomial_pdf #test
if this was the delay chosen by delay_sample IF accumulator
.ltoreq. delay_sample: BREAK ELSE: delay .rarw. delay + 1
cumulative_delay .rarw. cumulative_delay + delay (aa.sub.i,
s.sub.i) .rarw. (aa i, D.sub.i + cumulative_delay) #delay aa.sub.i
in fluorosequence due to all prior Edman failures #simulation
assumes Edman cannot proceed past the first amino acid hybridized
to the surface IF aa.sub.i=attachment: #although Edman cannot reach
them, the delay still affects fluors after attachment due to
#photobleaching FOR (aa.sub.j, s.sub.j) IN sequence: IF j >i:
(aa.sub.j, s.sub.j) .rarw. (aa.sub.j, s.sub.j +cumulative_delay)
BREAK ###end of Edman failure section ###simulate photobleaching
#first loop photobleaches fluors before the first attachment,
because #Edman cannot proceed past it #second loop (further below)
photobleaches fluors after first attachment FOR (aa.sub.i, s.sub.i)
IN sequence: #this IF statement stops the first loop at the first
attachment IF aa.sub.i=attachment: BREAK photobleach_sample =
random() #random point for photobleaching probability distribution
accumulator = 0 #temporary variable for accumulating photobleaching
probabilities exposures = cycles + 1 IF cycles < D.sub.i ELSE
s.sub.i #number of exposures for the fluor FOR k FROM 0 TO
exposures - 1: accumulator .rarw. accumulator +e -bk IF accumulator
* (1 - e-b).ltoreq.photobleach_sample: (aa.sub.i, s.sub.i) .rarw.
(aa.sub.i, k + 1) BREAK #second loop photobleaches fluors after
first attachment FOR (aa.sub.i, s.sub.i) IN sequence: #this IF
statement ignores all fluors before the first attachment IF
aa.sub.i=attachment: CONTINUE photobleach_sample=random() #random
point for photobleaching probability distribution accumulator = 0
#temporary variable for accumulating photobleaching probabilities
exposures = cycles #number of exposures for these fluor is always
all cycles FOR k FROM 0 TO exposures - 1: accumulator .rarw.
accumulator +e.sup.-bk IF accumulator * (1 -
e.sup.-b).ltoreq.photobleach_sample: (aa.sub.i, s.sub.i) .rarw.
(aa.sub.i,k + 1) BREAK ###end of photobleaching section #sort
sequence by final observations and collate result into trie
sequence .rarw. sort(sequence) increment_counter(sequence, protein)
#main simulation loop FOR protein IN proteome: FOR k FROM 0 to
simulation depth: FOR peptide IN peptides[protein]:
simulate(peptide, protein)
TABLE-US-00006 Algorithm section 4: Count identified proteins.
identified_proteins = { } #set of all proteins considered
classified FOR node in recursive_traverse(root node):
total_source_proteins = 0 #calculate total number of times the
fluorosequence mapping to this node #has been observed FOR protein
IN counters: total_source_proteins .rarw. total_source_proteins +
counters[protein] FOR protein IN counters: IF counters[protein]
> 10 AND counters[protein]/ total_source_proteins>0.90:
identified_proteins .rarw. identified_proteins + protein RETURN
identified_proteins
Attributing Fluorosequences to Peptides and Proteins.
[0544] For more efficient use of computer memory, trie structures
were calculated separately for multiple subsets of the proteome and
the resulting tries merged before analysis by traversing all
fluorosequences in each trie and adding each fluorosequence along
with its protein counts into a master trie for that simulation.
Then, the counts of each fluorosequence and affiliated peptides
were analyzed to calculate a frequency distribution of the number
of times peptides from a given source protein generated a given
fluorosequence. For the purposes of summarizing the data, two
criteria were applied to this distribution to attribute a
fluorosequence uniquely to the protein: (a) its primary source
protein yielded the fluorosequence at least 10 times out of a
10.sup.4 simulation depth, and (b) the summation of frequency from
all other source proteins were responsible for less than 10% of
that fluorosequence's occurrences. While the former criterion
addresses sample error, the latter addresses confounding from other
proteins.
[0545] The Monte Carlo simulation Python script and C module can be
accessed from github:
https://github.com/marcottelab/FluorosequencingSimulation.git
REFERENCES
[0546] 1. Eid, et al., (2009) Real-time DNA sequencing from single
polymerase molecules. Science 323: 133-138. [0547] 2. Braslaysky,
et al., (2003) Sequence information can be obtained from single DNA
molecules. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 100: 3960-3964. [0548] 3.
Sawyers, (2008) The cancer biomarker problem. Nature 452: 548-552.
[0549] 4. Romond, et al., (2005) Trastuzumab plus adjuvant
chemotherapy for operable HER2-positive breast cancer. N Engl J Med
353: 1673-1684. [0550] 5. Haab, (2006) Applications of antibody
array platforms. Curr Opin Biotechnol 17: 415-421. [0551] 6.
Ingolia, et al., (2009) Genome-wide analysis in vivo of translation
with nucleotide resolution using ribosome profiling. Science 324:
218-223. [0552] 7. Thakur, et al., (2011) Deep and highly sensitive
proteome coverage by LC-MS/MS without prefractionation. Mol Cell
Proteomics 10: M110.003699. [0553] 8. Hanay, et al., (2012)
Single-protein nanomechanical mass spectrometry in real time. Nat
Nanotechnol 7: 602-608. [0554] 9. Nivala, et al., (2013)
Unfoldase-mediated protein translocation through an
.alpha.-hemolysin nanopore. Nat Biotechnol 31: 247-250. [0555] 10.
Zhao, et al., (2014) Single-molecule spectroscopy of amino acids
and peptides by recognition tunnelling. Nat Nanotechnol 9: 466-473.
[0556] 11. Edman, (1949) A method for the determination of amino
acid sequence in peptides. Arch Biochem 22: 475. [0557] 12. Han, et
al., (1985) Current developments in stepwise edman degradation of
peptides and proteins. Int J Biochem 17: 429-445. [0558] 13.
MacBeath, et al., (1999) Printing Small Molecules as Microarrays
and Detecting Protein--Ligand Interactions en Masse. J Am Chem Soc
121: 7967-7968. [0559] 14. Axelrod, (1981) Cell-substrate contacts
illuminated by total internal reflection fluorescence. J Cell Biol
89: 141-145. [0560] 15. Basle, et al., (2010) Protein chemical
modification on endogenous amino acids. Chem Biol 17: 213-227.
[0561] 16. Pieroni, et al., (1975) Reaction of diazonium salt with
tyrosine residues in polypeptides. Die Makromol Chemie 176:
3201-3209. [0562] 17. Cannon, et al., (2013) A dual-mode
single-molecule fluorescence assay for the detection of expanded
CGG repeats in Fragile X syndrome. Mol Biotechnol 53: 19-28. [0563]
18. Ulbrich and Isacoff, (2007) Subunit counting in membrane-bound
proteins. Nat Methods 4: 319-321. [0564] 19. Aitken, et al., (2008)
An oxygen scavenging system for improvement of dye stability in
single-molecule fluorescence experiments. Biophys J 94: 1826-1835.
[0565] 20. Altman, et al., (2012) Enhanced photostability of
cyanine fluorophores across the visible spectrum. Nat Methods 9:
428-429. [0566] 21. Cang, et al., (2013) Giant Suppression of
Photobleaching for Single Molecule Detection via the Purcell
Effect. Nano Lett 13: 5949-5953. [0567] 22. Zheng, et al., (2014)
The contribution of reactive oxygen species to the photobleaching
of organic fluorophores. Photochem Photobiol 90: 448-454. [0568]
23. Wang, et al., (2014) The covalent trimethoprim chemical tag
facilitates single molecule imaging with organic fluorophores.
Biophys J 106: 272-278. [0569] 24. Smith, (2001) Peptide Sequencing
by Edman Degradation. In: Encyclopedia of Life Sciences. MacMillan
Publishers Ltd, Nature Publishing Group, www.els.net. [0570] 25.
Jin, et al., (1989) Study on New Edman-type Reagents. In:
Wittmann-Liebold B, editor. Methods in Protein Sequence Analysis.
Berlin, Heidelberg: Springer Berlin Heidelberg. pp. 34-41. [0571]
26. Fredkin, (1960) Trie memory. Commun ACM 3: 490-499. [0572] 27.
Nagaraj, et al., (2011) Deep proteome and transcriptome mapping of
a human cancer cell line. Mol Syst Biol 7: 548. [0573] 28. Joo, et
al., (2008) Advances in single-molecule fluorescence methods for
molecular biology. Annu Rev Biochem 77: 51-76. [0574] 29. Zheng, et
al., (2014) Ultra-stable organic fluorophores for single-molecule
research. Chem Soc Rev 43: 1044-1056. [0575] 30. Song, et al.,
(1995) Photobleaching kinetics of fluorescein in quantitative
fluorescence microscopy. Biophys J 68: 2588-2600. [0576] 31. Hoebe,
et al., (2007) Controlled light-exposure microscopy reduces
photobleaching and phototoxicity in fluorescence live-cell imaging.
Nat Biotechnol 25: 249-253. [0577] 32. Garcia-Parajo, et al.,
(2001) The nature of fluorescence emission in the red fluorescent
protein DsRed, revealed by single-molecule detection. Proc Natl
Acad Sci USA 98: 14392-14397. [0578] 33. Thoma, et al., (2009) The
ABRF Edman Sequencing Research Group 2008 Study: investigation into
homopolymeric amino acid N-terminal sequence tags and their effects
on automated Edman degradation. J Biomol Tech 20: 216-225.
EXAMPLE X
Demonstrating Single Molecule Peptide Sequencing of Fluorescently
Labeled Peptides at the Single-Molecule Level
[0579] This example shows exemplary tracking single peptide
molecules through Edman cycles and determining the position of the
labeled amino acid. Specifically, two peptide populations differing
in the position of their labeled amino-acid residue were
discriminated in a mixture at single-molecule sensitivity using a
single-molecule Edman peptide sequencing procedure. FIG. 65 shows a
summary of these experimental results.
[0580] Peptide A--labeled orange (lighter left bar and left
peptide) in the diagram, with sequence (boc)-K*AGAAG (SEQ ID NO:
13), where * (Rhodamine=Tetramethylrhodamine); and Peptide
B--labeled blue (daker right bar and right peptide) in the diagram,
with sequence (boc)-GK*[Atto647N]AGAG (SEQ ID NO: 14).
[0581] Peptides A and B were labeled via their Lysines with dyes
excitable at 561 nm (Rhodamine) and 647 nm (Atto647N) wavelengths,
respectively. Both peptide populations were immobilized on a glass
slide via their carboxyl terminuses, and the protecting boc groups
were removed from their amino terminuses. Then, the peptides were
observed via total internal reflection (TIRF) microscopy through
several cycles of Edman degradation. Thousands of labeled peptides
across multiple fields of view were individually tracked in
parallel, and their fluorescence after every cycle recorded. As a
control, the first two cycles did not include the critical Edman
reagent phenyl isothiocyanate (PITC) that is needed to cleave an
amino acid: i.e., these were "mock" reactions to confirm that there
was no loss of fluorophores merely due to any of the other chemical
solvents or photobleaching. The subsequent eight cycles included
PITC, allowing removal of amino acids. The number of fluorescent
peptides in the 561 nm channel decreased dramatically after the
first full Edman cycle, in accordance with the position of the 561
nm label on the first amino acid of Peptide A. Likewise, the number
of fluorescent peptides in the 647 nm channel decreased after the
second Edman cycle, in accordance with the position of the 647 nm
label on the second amino acid of Peptide B.
[0582] Peptide A: (boc)-K*[Tetramethylrhodamine]AGAAG (SEQ ID NO:
13) and Peptide B: (boc)-GK*[Atto647N]AGAG (SEQ ID NO: 14) were
synthesized by Thermo Fisher Scientific (IL, USA) with a purity of
>95% and validated by mass spectrometry. The fluorophores was
covalently attached to the .epsilon.-amine of the lysine
residue
[0583] Aminosilane slide coating. Forty mm #1 thick glass
coverslips (Bioptechs Inc., PA, USA), were placed vertically in a
custom made Teflon rack, and cleaned by washes and sonication with
5% Alconox (detergent), acetone, 90% Ethanol and finally 1 M
Potassium hydroxide (KOH). Between each of the different solvent
washes, the slides were thoroughly washed with de-ionized water.
The aminosilane coating step was carried out by incubating the
slides for 20 minutes in 1% Aminopropyltriethoxy silane (Cat
#SIA0610, Gelest Inc., PA, USA) dissolved in the acidified 5% v/v
of acetic acid/methanol solvent. The slides were sonicated
intermittently for 1 minute to dislodge any adsorbed silane
molecules. After incubation, the slides were rinsed thoroughly with
methanol and water. It was then dried with nitrogen and stored
under vacuum until use. The slides were imaged in water and
methanol prior to peptide or fluorophore immobilization to check
for presence of fluorescing impurities.
Solvents.
[0584] Highest purity and mostly spectrophotometry grade solvents
of Methanol (Cat #494437, Sigma), Ethylacetate (Cat #270989,
Sigma), Acetonitrile (Cat #34967, Sigma), trifluoroacetic acid (Cat
#T6508, Sigma), Pyridine (Cat #270970, Sigma), Dimethylformamide
(DMF, Cat #270547, Sigma), phenylisothiocyanate (PITC, Cat
#P1034-10x1ml, Sigma) and water (Cat #5140, Thermo Scientific) was
used for all the experiments. Coupling solvent, comprising of 9:1
v/v of pyridine: PITC, was freshly prepared before use. The
coupling solvent and the free-basing solvent consisting of 10:3:2:1
v/v of acetonitrile: pyridine: triethylamine: water was flushed
with nitrogen for 5 minutes and maintained under nitrogen
atmosphere by piercing the septum with a nitrogen filled balloon.
The cleavage solvent used was 90% TFA in water. The glass vials
fitted with a sealable Teflon-silicone septum (Cat #27022, Sigma)
used was rinsed with acetone and the solvent with which it is
stored. The FEP tubing from the valves was pierced through the
septum and the entire system was maintained under anoxic
condition.
Fluidics System.
[0585] The aminosilane coated glass coverslip housed in a
microfluidic chamber was adapted from the FCS2 perfusion chamber
(Bioptechs Inc., PA, USA). The vendor supplied upper and the lower
gaskets was replaced with 0.03'' perfluoroelastomer
Kalrez.RTM.-0040 material (DuPont Inc., local vendor--Austin Seals
company, TX, USA) and a diamond shape was cut in the lower gasket
(die Number--452458, cut by Bioptechs Inc.). The shape ensured
complete fluid exchanges when compared with a rectangular cut. The
Kalrez material had ideal compressibility with a shore durometer A
of 70 and had chemical inertness to trifluoroacetic acid.
[0586] All publications mentioned herein are incorporated herein by
reference to disclose and describe the methods and/or materials in
connection with which the publications are cited. The publications
discussed herein are provided solely for their disclosure prior to
the filing date of the present application. Nothing herein is to be
construed as an admission that the present invention is not
entitled to antedate such publication by virtue of prior invention.
Further, the dates of publication provided may be different from
the actual publication dates, which may need to be independently
confirmed. Various modifications and variations of the described
compositions and methods of the invention will be apparent to those
skilled in the art without departing from the scope and spirit of
the invention. Although the invention has been described in
connection with specific preferred embodiments, it should be
understood that the invention should not be unduly limited to such
specific embodiments. Indeed, various modifications of the
described modes for carrying out the invention which are obvious to
those skilled in biochemistry, protein chemistry, physics, cell
biology, or related fields are intended to be within the scope of
the present invention and the following Claims.
Sequence CWU 1
1
25111PRTArtificial sequenceSynthetic peptidemisc_feature(1)..(3)Xaa
can be any naturally occurring amino acidmisc_feature(5)..(8)Xaa
can be any naturally occurring amino acidmisc_feature(10)..(10)Xaa
can be any naturally occurring amino acid 1Xaa Xaa Xaa Lys Xaa Xaa
Xaa Xaa Lys Xaa Lys1 5 1026PRTArtificial sequenceSynthetic
peptidemisc_feature(4)..(4)Xaa can be any naturally occurring amino
acidmisc_feature(6)..(6)Xaa can be any naturally occurring amino
acid 2Trp Lys Lys Xaa Tyr Xaa1 536PRTArtificial sequenceSynthetic
peptide 3Lys Asp Tyr Trp Glu Cys1 545PRTArtificial
sequenceSynthetic peptide 4Lys Asp Tyr Trp Glu1 557PRTArtificial
sequenceSynthetic peptide 5Tyr Lys Thr Cys Tyr Thr Asp1
567PRTArtificial sequenceSynthetic peptide 6Lys Cys Gly Gly Tyr Cys
Asp1 577PRTArtificial sequenceSynthetic peptide 7Gly Tyr Cys Lys
Cys Thr Asp1 584PRTArtificial sequenceSynthetic
peptidemisc_feature(1)..(1)Xaa can be any naturally occurring amino
acidmisc_feature(4)..(4)Xaa can be any naturally occurring amino
acid 8Xaa Glu Glu Xaa195PRTArtificial sequenceSynthetic
peptideMISC_FEATURE(2)..(2)fluorescently-labeled lysine 9Gly Lys
Glu Gly Cys1 5106PRTArtificial sequenceSynthetic
peptideMISC_FEATURE(2)..(2)fluorescently-labeled
lysineMISC_FEATURE(4)..(4)fluorescently-labeled lysine 10Gly Lys
Gly Lys Glu Cys1 51110PRTArtificial sequenceSynthetic
peptidemisc_feature(1)..(4)Xaa can be any naturally occurring amino
acidmisc_feature(6)..(7)Xaa can be any naturally occurring amino
acidmisc_feature(9)..(9)Xaa can be any naturally occurring amino
acid 11Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Glu Xaa Xaa Lys Xaa Lys1 5
101210PRTArtificial sequenceSynthetic
peptidemisc_feature(6)..(7)Xaa can be any naturally occurring amino
acidmisc_feature(9)..(9)Xaa can be any naturally occurring amino
acid 12Glu Glu Glu Glu Glu Xaa Xaa Lys Xaa Lys1 5
10136PRTArtificial sequenceSynthetic peptide 13Lys Ala Gly Ala Ala
Gly1 5146PRTArtificial sequenceSynthetic peptide 14Gly Lys Ala Gly
Ala Gly1 5154PRTArtificial sequenceSynthetic peptide 15Lys Ala Lys
Ala1165PRTArtificial sequenceSynthetic
peptidemisc_feature(4)..(4)Xaa can be any naturally occurring amino
acid 16Trp Lys Lys Xaa Tyr1 51716PRTArtificial sequenceSynthetic
peptidemisc_feature(1)..(3)Xaa can be any naturally occurring amino
acidmisc_feature(5)..(7)Xaa can be any naturally occurring amino
acidmisc_feature(10)..(12)Xaa can be any naturally occurring amino
acidmisc_feature(14)..(14)Xaa can be any naturally occurring amino
acid 17Xaa Xaa Xaa Lys Xaa Xaa Xaa Lys Lys Xaa Xaa Xaa Thr Xaa Cys
Glu1 5 10 15187PRTArtificial sequenceSynthetic peptide 18Lys Cys
Thr Trp Gly Cys Asp1 5197PRTArtificial sequenceSynthetic peptide
19Trp Gly Cys Thr Lys Trp Asp1 5205PRTArtificial sequenceSynthetic
peptide 20Gly Lys Glu Gly Lys1 5215PRTArtificial sequenceSynthetic
peptidemisc_feature(1)..(4)Xaa can be any naturally occurring amino
acid 21Xaa Xaa Xaa Xaa Lys1 5225PRTArtificial sequenceSynthetic
peptidemisc_feature(1)..(1)Xaa can be any naturally occurring amino
acidmisc_feature(3)..(4)Xaa can be any naturally occurring amino
acid 22Xaa Lys Xaa Xaa Lys1 5235PRTArtificial sequenceSynthetic
peptidemisc_feature(1)..(1)Xaa can be any naturally occurring amino
acidmisc_feature(4)..(5)Xaa can be any naturally occurring amino
acid 23Xaa Lys Lys Xaa Xaa1 5244PRTArtificial sequenceSynthetic
peptide 24Lys Glu Gly Lys1255PRTArtificial sequenceSynthetic
peptide 25Lys Lys Glu Gly Lys1 5
* * * * *
References